Course Catalogue 2015-2016 Final

Course Catalogue
2015-2016
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION V
CHECKLISTS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES VI

SCI- M. CHECKLIST FOR MATHEMATICS VI
SCI- P. CHECKLIST FOR PHYSICS VI
SCI-C. CHECKLIST FOR CHEMISTRY VII
SCI- B. CHECKLIST FOR BIOLOGY VII
COURSE OVERVIEW PER PERIOD 1
CORE COURSES (COR) 5
COR1002 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 6

COR1003 CONTEMPORARY WORLD HISTORY 7
COR1004 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 8
COR1005 MODELING NATURE 9
HUMANITIES (HUM) 11
HUM1003 CULTURAL STUDIES I: DOING CULTURAL STUDIES 12

HUM1007 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 13
HUM1010 COMMON FOUNDATIONS OF LAW IN EUROPE 14
HUM1011 INTRODUCTION TO ART; REPRESENTATIONS, PERFORMANCES AND INTERACTIONS 15
HUM1012 POP SONGS AND POETRY: THEORY AND ANALYSIS 16
HUM1013 THE IDEA OF EUROPE: THE INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF EUROPE 17
HUM1014 GREAT NOVELS 1850 - PRESENT 18
HUM2003 THE MAKING OF CRUCIAL DIFFERENCES: RACE, SEXUALITY, GENDER, AND CLASS IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 19
HUM2005 ENLIGHTENMENT AND ROMANTICISM 20
HUM2007 STATES AND NATIONS IN EUROPE, FROM THE MIDDLE AGES TO THE FIRST WORLD WAR 21
HUM2008 INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY 22
HUM2013 THE PRESENCE OF ART: REINTERPRETING MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY ART 23
HUM2014 PHILOSOPHERS OF THE 20TH CENTURY 24
HUM2018 CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN A GLOBALIZING WORLD 25
HUM2021 MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION 26
HUM2022 DIGITAL MEDIA 27
HUM2030 MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY; PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPECTIVES 28
HUM2031 CULTURAL STUDIES II: VISUAL CULTURES 29
HUM2043 FILM ART 31
HUM2044 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 32
HUM2046 LIVING IN A TECHNOLOGICAL CULTURE I: INTRODUCTION TO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES 33
HUM2047 THE FUTURE OF LITERATURE? 34
HUM2050 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 35
HUM2051 PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS 36
HUM2052 THEORIZING TERRORISM: A PHILOSOPHICAL INVESTIGATION 37
HUM2054 READING PHILOSOPHERS 38
HUM2055 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY 39
HUM2056 CULTURAL REMEMBRANCES 40
HUM3019 TOTALITARIAN TEMPTATION 41
HUM3029 LITERATURE AND PSYCHOLOGY 42
HUM3034 WORLD HISTORY 43
HUM3036 NARRATIVE MEDIA 44
HUM3040 CRUCIAL DIFFERENCES IN THE 21ST CENTURY 45
HUM3041 SHAKESPEARE ON SCREEN 46
HUM3042 BIOPOETICS: AN EVOLUTIONARY APPROACH TO ART, LITERATURE, MUSIC AND RELIGION 47
HUM3045 DISTRIBUTIVE JUSTICE IN CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 48
HUM3049 LIVING IN A TECHNOLOGICAL CULTURE II: SCIENCE IN ACTION 49
i
SCIENCES (SCI) 51
SCI1004 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY 52

SCI1005 THE INFORMATION SOCIETY 53
SCI1009 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 54
SCI1010 QUANTITATIVE REASONING 55
SCI1016 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT: AN INTRODUCTION 56
SCI2002 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 57
SCI2009 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 58
SCI2010 INTRODUCTION TO GAME THEORY 59
SCI2011 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING 60
SCI2012 GLOBALIZATION, ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND SOCIETY 61
SCI2017 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 62
SCI2018 CALCULUS 63
SCI2019 LINEAR ALGEBRA 64
SCI2022 GENETICS AND EVOLUTION 65
SCI2031 IMMUNOLOGY 66
SCI2033 DATAMINING 67
SCI2034 BRAIN AND ACTION 68
SCI2035 BIOCHEMISTRY 69
SCI2036 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 70
SCI2037 CELL BIOLOGY 71
SCI2038 PHYSICS 72
SCI2039 COMPUTER SCIENCE 73
SCI2040 MICROBIOLOGY 74
SCI3003 OPTIMIZATION 76
SCI3005 METABOLISM, NUTRITION AND EXERCISE 77
SCI3006 MATHEMATICAL MODELLING 78
SCI3007 ENDOCRINOLOGY 79
SCI3033 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 80
SCI3046 COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENCE 81
SCI3049 PATHOBIOLOGY AND DISEASE 82
SCI3050 ADVANCES IN MEDICAL SCIENCES 83
SCI3051 DATA ANALYTICS 84
SOCIAL SCIENCES (SSC) 85
SSC1003 THEORIES OF SOCIAL ORDER 86

SSC1005 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 87
SSC1006 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: THEMES AND THEORIES 88
SSC1007 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 89
SSC1009 INTRODUCTION TO EUROPEAN INTEGRATION 90
SSC1025 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 91
SSC1027 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 92
SSC2004 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 93
SSC2006 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 94
SSC2008 ORGANIZATION THEORY 95
SSC2018 ADVERTISING: MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS OF BRANDS 96
SSC2019 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 97
SSC2020 INFONOMICS 98
SSC2022 ACCOUNTING AND ACCOUNTABILITY 99
SSC2024 INTERNATIONAL LAW 100
SSC2025 MEMORY 101
SSC2027 LAW AND SOCIETY 102
SSC2028 CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGY 103
SSC2034 INTERNATIONAL TRADE LAW: GLOBALIZATION, TRADE AND DEVELOPMENT 104
SSC2036 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 105
SSC2037 CONFLICT RESOLUTION 106
SSC2038 INTERNATIONAL MACROECONOMICS 107
SSC2039 HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT 108
ii
SSC2042 RIGHTS OF THE CHILD 109
SSC2043 DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 110
SSC2046 GLOBALIZATION AND INEQUALITY 111
SSC2048 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 112
SSC2050 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW 113
SSC2052 PUBLIC FINANCE 114
SSC2053 PUBLIC HEALTH POLICYMAKING 115
SSC2055 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 116
SSC2058 SEX, SEXUALITY AND SOCIETY 117
SSC2059 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS 118
SSC2060 COMPARATIVE CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 119
SSC2061 STATISTICS I 120
SSC2062 FOUNDATIONS OF COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 121
SSC2063 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES: PERSONALITY AND INTELLIGENCE 122
SSC3002 EUROPEAN FOREIGN POLICY 123
SSC3011 PUBLIC POLICY EVALUATION 124
SSC3012 WAR IN WORLD POLITICS 126
SSC3016 SUSTAINABILITY ASSESSMENT: TOOLS AND METHODS 127
SSC3017 SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 128
SSC3018 STATISTICS II 129
SSC3019 HUMAN REASONING AND COGNITION 130
SSC3023 PHILOSOPHY OF MIND 131
SSC3030 EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS 132
SSC3032 ATROCITY TRIANGLE: PERPETRATORS, VICTIMS AND BYSTANDERS; A COURSE ON THE CAUSES OF GROSS HUMAN
RIGHTS VIOLATIONS 133
SSC3033 ECONOMIC PSYCHOLOGY 134
SSC3036 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 135
SSC3038 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 136
SSC3040 IDENTITIES 137
SSC3044 CULTURE, POLITICS AND SOCIETY IN CONTEMPORARY ASIA 138
SSC3045 MANAGEMENT & ORGANIZATION OF ASIAN ENTERPRISES 139
SSC3047 URBAN DEVELOPMENT & POVERTY IN THE 21ST CENTURY 140
SSC3049 HUMAN RIGHTS 141
SSC3050 FOREIGN POLICYMAKING 142
SSC3051 CONTEMPORARY SECURITY STUDIES 143
SSC3052 CULTURAL CRIMINOLOGY AND TRANSITIONAL JUSTICE 144
SSC3053 CORPORATE FINANCE: BEHAVIOURAL FOUNDATIONS 145
SKILLS TRAININGS (SKI) 147
SKI1004 RESEARCH METHODS I 148

SKI1005 RESEARCH METHODS II 149
SKI1008 INTRODUCTION TO ACADEMIC SKILLS I 150
SKI1009 INTRODUCTION TO ACADEMIC SKILLS II 151
SKI2000 LANGUAGE TRAININGS 152
SKI2005 BACK TO THE SOURCES 153
SKI2007 PRESENTATION SKILLS 154
SKI2049 ARGUMENTATION I 155
SKI2065 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS 156
SKI2077 LAB SKILLS: CELL BIOLOGY 157
SKI2079 LAB SKILLS: HUMAN ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY 158
SKI2083 STRATEGY AND NEGOTIATION 159
SKI2084 WRITING IN AN ACADEMIC CONTEXT: IMPROVING ARGUMENTATION AND STYLE 160
SKI2085 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING I 161
SKI2086 LAB SKILLS: BIOCHEMISTRY 162
SKI2088 LAB SKILLS: GENETICS 163
SKI3002 ARGUMENTATION II 164
SKI3050 PREPARING CONFERENCE I 165
SKI3051 PREPARING CONFERENCE II 167
SKI3052 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING II 168
iii
PROJECTS (PRO) 169
PRO1010 INTRODUCING ACADEMIC COMMUNICATION: A WRITING PROJECT 170

PRO1012 RESEARCH PROJECT 171
PRO2003 WRITING PROJECT: THE JOURNAL 172
PRO2004 PROJECT ACADEMIC DEBATE 173
PRO2011 PROJECT DEEP READING 174
PRO3006 CONFERENCE 175
PRO3008 THINK TANK 176
PRO3009 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING III 177
CAP3000 CAPSTONE 178
UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 179
UGR2001/UGR3001 UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH / PEERS 180

UGR3002 UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH / THE DOCUMENTARY 181
iv
Introduction
The UCM Course Catalogue 2015-2016 provides you with essential information about the courses offered at
University College Maastricht during the 2015-2016 Academic Year.
Courses are listed with a course title and a course code. The course code refers to the part of the College
program to which a course belongs and to the level of the course. Every course counts for 5 ECTS (European
Credit Transfer System), except Skills, that are 2.5 ECTS each and the UCM Capstone which represents 10
ECTS. A full study load consists of 30 ECTS per semester and 60 ECTS per academic year.
Course code abbreviations
The course code consists of three letters and a four digit number.
These are the three letter abbreviations:
COR Academic Core

HUM Humanities
SCI Sciences
SSC Social Sciences
SKI Skills
PRO Project
CAP Capstone
UGR UCM Undergraduate Research / PEERS
The first digits of the four digit number in the course code indicate the level of a course:
1 = 100-level introductory courses (open to all students)

2 = 200-level intermediate courses (may have prerequisites)
3 = 300-level advanced courses (do have prerequisites)
The four digit number of the course code refers to the course number.
UCM Undergraduate Research / PEERS (UGR) and The Documentary
Please note that UCM Undergraduate Research / PEERS and The Documentary are only open to students that
have been accepted in the PEERS program.
Prerequisites and recommendations
A number of course descriptions include prerequisites or recommendations. Note that prerequisites are
required courses: you must have passed these courses in order to be allowed to join a course. Courses that are
recommended are not mandatory. They are suggested by the coordinator and may add to your performance in
the course.
For several 200-level courses within the Sciences, it is possible to request a waiver for the prerequisite 1000-
level course if you have already taken relevant courses during your previous education. On the next page you
will find an indicative checklist for the topics that you should have covered in order to receive such a waiver.
v
Checklists for secondary school mathematics and sciences
The checklists below summarize the topics expected to be covered at secondary school for those requesting waivers
for several 200-level science courses:
Mathematics (SCI-M),
Physics (SCI-P),
Chemistry (SCI-C),
Biology (SCI-B),
SCI- M. Checklist for Mathematics

Attitude towards mathematics: ability and willingness to think and reason at an abstract level
Elementary knowledge of calculus:
reading equations
solving simple equations
analyzing functions
functions and inequalities
integers and polynomials
rational numbers
Elementary knowledge of algebra:
slopes and lines
algebraic addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
solving algebraic equations
exponents and powers
linear systems
factoring
Elementary knowledge of geometry:
points and lines
angles
polygons and symmetry
triangles
perimeters and areas
circles
trigonometry, sinus, co sinus
SCI- P. Checklist for Physics
Elementary knowledge of electricity and magnetism:
potential, current, resistance, capacitor, simple electrical circuits
direct and alternating current, period, frequency
electrical energy, heat production, kWh
semiconductors, diodes
AD-converter
positive and negative charges, electrical field
magnetic field and flux, Lorentz force
electron tubes in oscilloscope, TV, and X-ray
linear accelerators
electromagnetic induction, electrical motor, dynamo, transformer
Elementary principles of mechanics:
position, distance, speed, acceleration, speed as a tangent
gravity, trajectories, falling time and final velocity of objects
representation of forces as vectors, addition of vectors
Newtons laws: inertia, momentum, force F = m. a
lever and pulley
work, potential and kinetic energy
rotation, centripetal acceleration, Newtons law of gravitation
vi
Elementary principles of thermodynamics:
pressure, volume and temperature, Boyles law
phase diagrams, (heat of) melting, evaporation, sublimation
relation between atomic and macroscopic properties in gases
equivalence of work and heat, specific heat
first law of thermodynamics: conservation of energy
Elementary principles of waves and radiation:
longitudinal and transversal waves, amplitude, wavelength, frequency
harmonic oscillation
radiation energy, dB
sound waves, standing waves on a string and in a pipe, overtones
resonance, Doppler effect
optical waves, refraction, reflection, Snells law, polarization
light as electromagnetic radiation, velocity, color and frequency
lenses and image formation, the eye, glasses, microscope
double slit experiment, phase differences, interference, optical grids
emission and adsorption spectrum
radioactivity, isotopes, alpha-, beta and gamma-radiation
SCI-C. Checklist for Chemistry
Elementary knowledge of atomic and molecular structure:
charge and mass of atomic nucleus, protons, neutrons, valence electrons
classification of elements in the periodic table
metals and non-metals, noble gases
bonding: covalent, ionic, polar, van der Waals
hydrophilic and hydrophobic substances, detergents
understanding and naming of structural formulae
Elementary knowledge of organic chemistry:
polymerization, structure and properties of synthetic polymers
formation of natural fuels: coal, oil and gas
total and partial oxidation: carbon dioxide and mono-oxide
saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons
aromatics, ethers, alcohols, ketones, carbon acids, esters, amino acids
stereo-isomers, optical activity, asymmetric carbon atom
starch, cellulose, proteins, nucleic acids
Elementary knowledge of chemical reactions and analysis:
reaction types: substitution, addition, esterification, hydrolysis
weak and strong acid and bases, salts, buffers, pH
redox reactions, batteries
activation energy, reaction velocity
law of mass action, chemical equilibrium, dissociation constant
influence of temperature, pressure and the presence of catalysts
concentration units, moles, molar volume of gases
extraction, adsorption, distillation, filtration, centrifugation, sedimentation
chromatography, spectrophotometry
SCI- B. Checklist for Biology
Elementary knowledge of the structure and function of:
ecosystems, population, species, evolution, biodiversity
competition, predation, symbiosis, biotic and a-biotic factors
differences in animals, plants, fungi and bacteria
organs, senses and tissues in animals and plants
structure-function relations in movement, digestion, transport, procreation
cells: nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes, endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi-system
cell membranes and receptors
vii
Elementary knowledge of genetics and embryonic development:
chromosomes, genes, genetic code, dominant and recessive alleles
meiosis and mitosis
DNA, nucleotides adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymine
mRNA, tRNA, protein synthesis, replication, transcription, translation
single- and double-stranded DNA, RNA viruses
genotype, fenotype; influence of environment
mutations, recombinant DNA technique, plasmids, cell fusion
breeding, selection, genetic modification
hereditary disorders, X-linked genes, prenatal diagnostics
formation and transport of egg and sperm cells
effects of hormones on menstrual cycle
anti-conception, artificial insemination, in vitro fertilisation
role of oviduct, uterus, placenta, umbilical cord
Elementary knowledge of energy cycle and metabolism:
role of the sun as source of energy, biomass
photosynthesis and plant metabolism
breakdown of carbohydrates and fat to water and carbon dioxide
aerobic and anaerobic metabolism, role of ATP
role of proteins, enzymes, transporters, receptors
proteins and formation of nitrogen containing substances
role of digestive tract and nutrient transport by blood and lymph
function of the heart, lung, kidney and liver in metabolism
role of micro-organisms in the carbon and nitrogen cycles
waste management, pollution, global warming, acid rain
Elementary knowledge of homeostasis:
homeostatic control: detection, comparison, effectors
role of the nervous system, action potential, neurotransmitters
role of the endocrine system, hypothalamus, pituitary gland, hormones
role of skin in regulation of body temperature
role of immunological system in body defense, blood groups, vaccines
viii
Academic Calendar University College Maastricht 2015 - 2016
Summer
week 28 week 29 week 30 week 31 week 32 week 33 week 34 week 35
6/7 - 10/7 13/7 - 17/7 20/7 - 24/7 27/7 - 31/7 3/8 - 7/8 10/8 - 14/8 17/8 - 21/8 24/8 - 28/8
R1 P1 INTRO
Fall Semester 1
Period 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Reflection Week
week 36 week 37 week 38 week 39 week 40 week 41 week 42 week 43
31/8 - 4/9 7/9 - 11/9 14/9 - 18/9 21/9 - 25/9 28/9 - 2/10 5/10 - 9/10 12/10 - 16/10 19/10 - 23/10
R2 P2
Period 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Reflection Week Christmas Holiday
week 44 week 45 week 46 week 47 week 48 week 49 week 50 week 51 week 52 week 1
26/10 - 30/10 2/11 - 6/11 9/11 - 13/11 16/11 - 20/11 23/11 - 27/11 30/11 - 4/12 7/12 - 11/12 14/12 - 18/12 21/12 - 25/12 28/12 - 1/1 2016
R3 D R4 P3
Period 3
1 2 3 4
week 2 week 3 week 4 week 5
4/1 - 8/1 11/1 - 15/1 18/1 - 22/1 25/1 - 29/1
P4 INTRO G
R R R R R
Spring Semester 2
Period 4
1 Carnival 2 3 4 5 6 7 Reflection Week
week 6 week 7 week 8 week 9 week 10 week 11 week 12 week 13 week 14
1/2 - 5/2 8/2 - 12/2 15/2 - 19/2 22/2 - 26/2 29/2 - 4/3 7/3 - 11/3 14/3 - 18/3 21/3 - 25/3 28/3 - 1/4
R5 P5
Period 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Reflection Week
week 15 week 16 week 17 week 18 week 19 week 20 week 21 week 22 week 23
4/4 - 8/4 11/4 - 15/4 18/4 - 22/4 25/4 - 29/4 2/5 - 6/5 9/5 - 13/5 16/5 - 20/5 23/5 - 27/5 30/5 - 3/6
R6 P6 D
Period 6 Summer
1 2 3 4
week 24 week 25 week 26 week 27 week 28 week 29 week 30
6/6 - 10/6 13/6 - 17/6 20/6 - 24/6 27/6 - 1/7 4/7 - 8/7 11/7 - 15/7 18/7 - 22/7
G
R R R R R
LEGEND:
P1 to P6: Publication of schedules D: Deadline Course Registration G: Graduation INTRO: Introduction freshmen UCM R: Resits : No scheduled educational activities
R1 to R6: Deadline Registration External Education
ix
Academic Year 2015 - 2016
Overview Fall and Spring Semester
Fall Semester 2015-2016 From Till

Period 1 7 Weeks Augustus 31, 2015 October 16, 2015
Period 2 7 Weeks October 26, 2015 December 11, 2015
Period 3 4 Weeks January 4, 2016 January 29, 2016
Resits Fall 1 Week January 25, 2016 January 29, 2016
Spring Semester 2015-2016 From Till

Period 4 7 Weeks February 1, 2016 March 24, 2016
Period 5 8 Weeks April 4, 2016 May 27, 2016
Period 6 4 Weeks June 6, 2016 July 1, 2016
Resits Spring 1 Week June 27, 2016 July 1, 2016
Overview important dates Academic Year 2015 - 2016
Fall Semester
August 17 - 21, 2015 Inkom
August 24- 26, 2015 Introduction September Enrolment
November 27, 2015 Deadline Course Registration Spring Semester
December 14 - January 1, 2015 Christmas Break
January 29, 2016 Graduation Fall
Spring Semester
January 25 - 27, 2016 Introduction February Enrolment
February 8 - 12, 2016 Carnival
March 7, 2016 Transcript Fall Semester
March 25, 2016 Good Friday
March 28, 2016 Easter Monday
April 27, 2016 King's Day
May 5, 2016 Liberation Day / Ascension Day
May 6, 2016 Bridging Day
May 16, 2016 Whit Monday
May 20, 2016 Deadline Course Registration Fall Semester
July 1, 2016 Graduation Spring
July 27, 2016 Transcript Spring Semester
Preliminary dates 2016 - 2017

August 29 - 31, 2016 Introduction September Enrolment
Course overview per period
PERIOD 1: AUGUST 31, 2015 - OCTOBER 16, 2015
HUM1011 INTRODUCTION TO ART; REPRESENTATIONS, PERFORMANCES AND INTERACTIONS 15
HUM1012 POP SONGS AND POETRY: THEORY AND ANALYSIS 16
HUM2003 THE MAKING OF CRUCIAL DIFFERENCES: RACE, SEXUALITY, GENDER, AND CLASS IN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE 19
HUM2005 ENLIGHTENMENT AND ROMANTICISM 20
HUM2008 INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY 22
HUM2046 LIVING IN A TECHNOLOGICAL CULTURE I: INTRODUCTION TO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES 33
HUM3036 NARRATIVE MEDIA 44
HUM3045 DISTRIBUTIVE JUSTICE IN CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 48
SCI1009 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 54
SCI1010 QUANTITATIVE REASONING 55
SCI2011 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING 60
SCI2022 GENETICS AND EVOLUTION 65
SCI3007 ENDOCRINOLOGY 79
SSC1003 THEORIES OF SOCIAL ORDER 86
SSC1005 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 87
SSC1009 INTRODUCTION TO EUROPEAN INTEGRATION 90
SSC2020 INFONOMICS 98
SSC2046 GLOBALIZATION AND INEQUALITY 111
SSC3019 HUMAN REASONING AND COGNITION 130
SSC3030 EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS 132
SSC3036 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 135
SSC3044 CULTURE, POLITICS AND SOCIETY IN CONTEMPORARY ASIA 138
SSC3049 HUMAN RIGHTS 141
SKI2065 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS 156
SKI2085 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING I 161
SKI2088 LAB SKILLS: GENETICS 163
SKI3050 PREPARING CONFERENCE I 165
PERIOD 2: OCTOBER 26, 2015 - DECEMBER 11, 2015

HUM1007 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 13
HUM1010 COMMON FOUNDATIONS OF LAW IN EUROPE 14
HUM1013 THE IDEA OF EUROPE: THE INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF EUROPE 17
HUM2013 THE PRESENCE OF ART: REINTERPRETING MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY ART 23
HUM2014 PHILOSOPHERS OF THE 20TH CENTURY 24
HUM2018 CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN A GLOBALIZING WORLD 25
HUM2022 DIGITAL MEDIA 27
HUM2055 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY 39
HUM3040 CRUCIAL DIFFERENCES IN THE 21ST CENTURY 45
HUM3049 LIVING IN A TECHNOLOGICAL CULTURE II: SCIENCE IN ACTION 49
SCI1004 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY 52
SCI1005 THE INFORMATION SOCIETY 53
SCI1016 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT: AN INTRODUCTION 56
SCI2002 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 57
SCI2018 CALCULUS 63
SCI2034 BRAIN AND ACTION 68
SCI2035 BIOCHEMISTRY 69
SCI2036 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 70
1
SCI3033 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 80
SSC2019 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 97
SSC2024 INTERNATIONAL LAW 100
SSC2025 MEMORY 101
SSC2028 CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGY 103
SSC2036 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 105
SSC2048 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 112
SSC2055 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 116
SSC2058 SEX, SEXUALITY AND SOCIETY 117
SSC2061 STATISTICS I 120
SSC3012 WAR IN WORLD POLITICS 126
SSC3032 ATROCITY TRIANGLE: PERPETRATORS, VICTIMS AND BYSTANDERS; A COURSE ON THE CAUSES OF GROSS
HUMAN RIGHTS VIOLATIONS 133
SSC3033 ECONOMIC PSYCHOLOGY 134
SSC3045 MANAGEMENT & ORGANIZATION OF ASIAN ENTERPRISES 139
SSC3047 URBAN DEVELOPMENT & POVERTY IN THE 21ST CENTURY 140
SSC3050 FOREIGN POLICYMAKING 142
SKI2086 LAB SKILLS: BIOCHEMISTRY 162
SKI3002 ARGUMENTATION II 164
SKI3051 PREPARING CONFERENCE II 167
SKI3052 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING II 168
PERIOD 3: JANUARY 04, 2016 - JANUARY 29, 2016

PRO2011 PROJECT DEEP READING 174
PRO3006 CONFERENCE 175
PRO3009 ETHNOGRAPHY AND QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING III 177
PERIOD 4 : FEBRUARY 01, 2016 - MARCH 24, 2016

HUM1003 CULTURAL STUDIES I: DOING CULTURAL STUDIES 12
HUM1014 GREAT NOVELS 1850 - PRESENT 18
HUM2021 MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION 26
HUM2047 THE FUTURE OF LITERATURE? 34
HUM2050 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 35
HUM2051 PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS 36
HUM2054 READING PHILOSOPHERS 38
HUM3019 TOTALITARIAN TEMPTATION 41
HUM3029 LITERATURE AND PSYCHOLOGY 42
HUM3041 SHAKESPEARE ON SCREEN 46
SCI2010 INTRODUCTION TO GAME THEORY 59
SCI2012 GLOBALIZATION, ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND SOCIETY 61
SCI2031 IMMUNOLOGY 66
SCI2033 DATAMINING 67
SCI2037 CELL BIOLOGY 71
SCI2038 PHYSICS 72
SCI2040 MICROBIOLOGY 74
SCI3006 MATHEMATICAL MODELLING 78
SCI3050 ADVANCES IN MEDICAL SCIENCES 83
SSC1025 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 91
2
SSC2006 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 94
SSC2018 ADVERTISING: MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS OF BRANDS 96
SSC2027 LAW AND SOCIETY 102
SSC2037 CONFLICT RESOLUTION 106
SSC2038 INTERNATIONAL MACROECONOMICS 107
SSC2039 HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT 108
SSC2052 PUBLIC FINANCE 114
SSC2059 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS 118
SSC2062 FOUNDATIONS OF COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 121
SSC3011 PUBLIC POLICY EVALUATION 124
SSC3017 SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 128
SSC3023 PHILOSOPHY OF MIND 131
SSC3038 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 136
SKI2005 BACK TO THE SOURCES 153
SKI2077 LAB SKILLS: CELL BIOLOGY 157
PERIOD 5: APRIL 04, 2016 - MAY 27, 2016

HUM2007 STATES AND NATIONS IN EUROPE, FROM THE MIDDLE AGES TO THE FIRST WORLD WAR 21
HUM2030 MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY; PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPECTIVES 28
HUM2031 CULTURAL STUDIES II: VISUAL CULTURES 29
HUM2043 FILM ART 31
HUM2044 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 32
HUM2052 THEORIZING TERRORISM: A PHILOSOPHICAL INVESTIGATION 37
HUM2056 CULTURAL REMEMBRANCES 40
HUM3034 WORLD HISTORY 43
HUM3042 BIOPOETICS: AN EVOLUTIONARY APPROACH TO ART, LITERATURE, MUSIC AND RELIGION 47
SCI2009 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 58
SCI2017 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 62
SCI2019 LINEAR ALGEBRA 64
SCI2039 COMPUTER SCIENCE 73
SCI3003 OPTIMIZATION 76
SCI3005 METABOLISM, NUTRITION AND EXERCISE 77
SCI3046 COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENCE 81
SCI3049 PATHOBIOLOGY AND DISEASE 82
SCI3051 DATA ANALYTICS 84
SSC2004 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 93
SSC2008 ORGANIZATION THEORY 95
SSC2022 ACCOUNTING AND ACCOUNTABILITY 99
SSC2034 INTERNATIONAL TRADE LAW: GLOBALIZATION, TRADE AND DEVELOPMENT 104
SSC2042 RIGHTS OF THE CHILD 109
SSC2043 DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 110
SSC2050 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW 113
SSC2053 PUBLIC HEALTH POLICYMAKING 115
SSC2060 COMPARATIVE CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 119
SSC2063 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES: PERSONALITY AND INTELLIGENCE 122
SSC3002 EUROPEAN FOREIGN POLICY 123
SSC3016 SUSTAINABILITY ASSESSMENT: TOOLS AND METHODS 127
SSC3018 STATISTICS II 129
SSC3040 IDENTITIES 137
SSC3051 CONTEMPORARY SECURITY STUDIES 143
SSC3052 CULTURAL CRIMINOLOGY AND TRANSITIONAL JUSTICE 144
SSC3053 CORPORATE FINANCE: BEHAVIOURAL FOUNDATIONS 145
3
SKI2079 LAB SKILLS: HUMAN ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY 158
SKI2083 STRATEGY AND NEGOTIATION 159
PERIOD 6: JUNE 06, 2016 - JULY 01, 2016

SEMESTER 1: AUGUST 31, 2015 - JANUARY 29, 2016

SEMESTER 2: FEBRUARY 01, 2016 - JULY 01, 2016

UGR3002 UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH / THE DOCUMENTARY 181
4
Core Courses (COR)
5
COR1002 Philosophy of Science
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. L. Boon, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
louis.boon@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Semester Period ECTS Core

Fall/Spring 2/5 5
Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
It is strongly recommended not to take this course in your first or second semester.
Objective
To familiarize students with the philosophical foundations of scientific method.
Description of the course
Starting from classical positions on the objectivity and methodology of science, such as those of
logical empiricism and critical rationalism, the so-called historical and sociological turn in the theory
of science, will be analyzed. Students will learn about the work of Kuhn, whose paradigm theory of
science revolutionized thinking about scientific knowledge.
Typical issues in this course are: what is the role of observation in science? What is a
scientific explanation? What roles do theories and experiments play in science? What is the nature of
scientific progress? Can we rationally decide between scientific viewpoints?
Literature
Chalmers, D. (1999). What is This Thing Called Science?
E-Readers.
Instructional format
Tutorial group meetings and lectures.
Examination
An essay and a test with open questions.
This course is a prerequisite for the following course(s):
SSC3023 Philosophy of Mind
6
COR1003 Contemporary World History
Course coordinator
Dr. M. Stout, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
mark.stout@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 1/4 5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with an understanding of the main trends in politics, demography,
society and culture over the last 50 years and to put these trends in a global context.
To develop a critical attitude towards the use of historical theory, and the interpretation of
historical data and processes.
The course intends to trace back current situations to their historical backgrounds. The first three
tasks, under the caption Toolkit, will therefore consist of a brief exploration of the philosophy of
history and some issues regarding historical perspective, a discussion of the concepts of state
versus nation (in anticipation of issues regarding decolonization, specific regional conflicts, and
possible sources of conflict in general that will be discussed in later tasks) and a discussion of the Cold
War as an influential factor in recent history.
Each of the following tasks, under the captions of Area surveys and Assessment of the
current global situation respectively, will be built around a case that represents the underlying
problem, and both combined will lead the students to specific source material. Examples of such
cases are decolonization, the economic development of Asia, conflict in Africa, and the implications of
the current position of the USA as solitary superpower.
Literature
Reynolds, D (2000). One World Divisible, A Global History Since 1945. Norton and Company,
Inc.
E-Readers.
Examination
A final written exam, a paper and participation.
HUM2052 Theorizing Terrorism: A Philosophical Investigation
HUM3019 Totalitarian Temptation
HUM3034 World History
7
COR1004 Political Philosophy
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. S. Koenis, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
s.koenis@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 2/5 5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
The course will provide an introduction to political philosophy. Students will learn to analyse,
discuss and apply four basic concepts in contemporary political philosophy: justice, equality,
liberty and community.
Students will be trained in normative political argumentation. They will exercise their ability
to deliberate over contentious moral issues of public life.
Politics is a complex and puzzling subject. It is hard to understand why people act the way they do and
believe the things they do. We are all involved in politics as voters, activists, commentators, or
receivers of political initiatives and their consequences. As political philosophers we try to understand
underlying conceptions that guide politics and fundamental values that help justify concrete policies.
This course will provide an introduction to contemporary philosophical debates about core
concepts of justice, liberty, equality, community and democracy in modern liberal-democratic
societies. Students will become familiar with the work of some of the leading political philosophers of
today, like John Rawls, Isaiah Berlin, Charles Taylor and Michael Sandel. Since conceptual analysis is
the core business of philosophy, students will learn to analyse concepts, to clarify fuzzy moral ideas,
and to make explicit tensions between moral ideas can be made explicit. They learn how to apply
these concepts to current political debate and practice.
Literature
Adam Swift (2014, third edition), Political Philosophy; A Beginners Guide for Students and
Politicians, Cambridge, Polity Press.
Examination
A midterm paper and an endterm take-home exam.
HUM2054 Reading Philosophers
HUM3045 Distributive Justice in Contemporary Political Philosophy
SSC2039 History of Political Thought
8
COR1005 Modeling Nature
Course coordinator
Dr. L. Bevers, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
lonneke.bevers@maastrichtuniversity.nl
W. van Dellen (MSc), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
wilfred.vandellen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 1/4 5
Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
This course provides an introduction to theorizing and modeling. It is relevant for a wide range of
other courses that are offered at UCM. Therefore it is recommended that students take the course in
their first or second semester.
Objectives
To offer a broad overview of scientific models and modeling techniques in different
disciplines.
To teach students how to work with models in different academic fields.
To teach students how to model a specific situation by using general models and modeling
techniques.
The aim of the course is to familiarize students with model systems within the different disciplines of
Sciences, Social Sciences and Humanities. Models allow us to approach complex questions in
systematic ways, for instance, by predicting weather conditions, the patterns of bird flight formations
or the results of presidential elections. Such questions are present everywhere and it is through
modeling that we can try to find some answers.
Modeling helps us to break down what we are studying into variables, understand relations
or correlations between them and even predict the future. The course starts with a short introduction
to models, followed by several case studies that illustrate their usefulness in various contexts.
Exposing students to models used both in academia and every-day thinking, the course fosters a
thorough understanding of natural and social phenomena. Throughout the course, students are
encouraged to link models to specific situations and examples from their daily-life. The final report
allows students to use the knowledge gained in the course to analyze a phenomenon/situation of
their own interest. This can be done either by conducting thought experiments, applying and
redefining existing models or designing ones own model.
The interactive lectures help students to gain a broad understanding of different kinds of
modeling techniques. A special workshop is offered in order to trigger interests, thoughts and ideas
and find ways of translating them into an individual and structured academic report.
Literature
Jaccard J. and Jacoby J., Theory Construction and Model-building Skills - A Practical Guide for
Social Scientists, The Guilford Press, New York, 2010.
Additional readings are available on EleUM.
Examination
Assessment will be based on a mid-term exam, an exam in the final week and a written assignment,
consisting of a report, two peer reviews and a response to peer reviews. Both exams consist of open
questions.
PRO3008 Think Tank
9
10
Humanities (HUM)
11
HUM1003 Cultural Studies I: Doing Cultural Studies
Course coordinator
Dr. L. van den Hengel, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Centre for Gender and Diversity,
l.vandenhengel@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Spring 4 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To introduce students to the foundational texts and formative debates that have shaped
Cultural Studies as an academic field of inquiry.
To familiarize students with key concepts, themes, and topical debates within contemporary
Cultural Studies.
To introduce students to some of the central theoretical approaches within Cultural Studies,
including critical theory, semiotics, material culture studies, gender theory, and critical
posthumanism.
To provide students with the analytical skills to develop their own examination of cultural
objects and processes.
Cultural Studies is a wide-ranging interdisciplinary inquiry into the ways in which contemporary
culture, especially popular culture, operates and functions. It explores how cultural processes and
artefacts are produced, distributed, and consumed, and traces the diverse ways in which people
shape and transform culture particularly in relation to issues of identity, difference, and power. In
contrast to more traditional approaches to culture, Cultural Studies focuses not merely on elevated
cultural objects such as great works of art and literature, but also - and primarily - deals with more
mundane cultural phenomena. Addressing topics that range from fashion advertisements to
Facebook, and from the iPhone to Lady Gaga, Cultural Studies zooms in on seemingly familiar, yet
highly complex, practices of everyday life.
This course introduces you to the key thinkers, topics, and critical frameworks in Cultural Studies. It
starts with some of the foundational texts and formative debates within the field, most notably the
work of Theodor Adorno and Max Horkheimer, Walter Benjamin, and Stuart Hall, associated with the
Frankfurt School and Birmingham School respectively. Subsequently, we will take a closer look at
several topical debates and conceptual approaches within contemporary Cultural Studies. We will
address themes such as consumer culture, advertising, and social networks; the power and politics of
representation; material culture and identity; cultural performances of gender; and the transnational
cultural flows of globalization. By reading the work of major theorists such as Zygmunt Bauman, Henry
Giroux, and Joanna Zylinska, you will familiarize yourself with a variety of critical approaches to
cultural theory. Lastly, by looking at the interrelated topics of posthumanism, art, and technoscience,
the final tasks of the course will explore some of the most stirring debates within Cultural Studies
today, setting out new directions for the future development of the field.
Literature
E-Readers. (Articles that are not included in the E-Reader will be made available for
photocopying during the course).
Examination
Two short papers and a midterm take home exam.
HUM2056 Cultural Remembrances
HUM3040 Crucial Differences in the 21st Century
SSC2058 Sex, Sexuality and Society
SSC3038 Contemporary Sociological Theory
SSC3040 Identities
12
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy
Course coordinator
B. Keller, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
b.keller@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objective
To teach students how to think philosophically.
One of the greatest and most influential Ancient philosophers, Aristotle of Stageira (384-322 BC) once
remarked, Wonder is the beginning of philosophy. What he was referring to is our habit of asking
fundamental questions about our every-day life, such as, Suppose I am certain that I am right about
something, what is that certainty based upon?; Suppose I am engaged in a discussion with
someone (for example about some controversial matter), what can objectively guarantee the
stringency of my argument? Thinking about and discussing such questions will force us to reconsider
the things we have always taken for granted. And ultimately they will lead us to more fundamental
questions about the proper nature of Truth and Knowledge as such.
Assignments during the course include the following: the nature of philosophical enquiry, problems
of knowledge and truth (including the understanding and evaluation of arguments), ethics.
Literature
Blackburn, S. (1999). Think. A Compelling Introduction to Philosophy. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Blackburn, S. (2001). Being Good. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Horner, C., & Westacott, E. (2000). Thinking through Philosophy. An Introduction. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Tutorial group meetings.
Examination
Papers.
HUM2014 Philosophers of the 20th Century
HUM2044 Philosophy of Language
13
HUM1010 Common Foundations of Law in Europe
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. C.H. van Rhee, Faculty of Law, Foundations and Methods of Law
remco.vanrhee@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with a better notion of law as a harmonising phenomenon in European culture.
To provide students with a basic notion of similarities and differences in the approach to law in the
varios member states of the European Union (and the USA).
To give students a better understanding of basic legal notions such as property, contract and delict.
To provide students with a greater ability to evaluate the significance of the transfer of law making
powers from the national to the European institutions.
What do Europeans have in common? Part of the answer to this question is: their law. Currently, approximately
50% of all new legislation in the member states of the European Union has a non-national, European origin. This
international outlook of law in Europe is not a new phenomenon. Even when concentrating on the so-called
national laws of the various European nations, it must be admitted that these laws find a strong foundation in a
non-national, truly European tradition. This tradition dates back to the middle ages. Since it is the conviction of
the course coordinator that a true understanding of the growing importance of the European institutions and
policies can only be achieved by understanding the common legal history of Europe, the present course
concentrates on this shared (legal) past. In doing so, it takes as its focal point the ius commune, i.e. the common,
scholarly European approach to the law that originated in the middle ages and that was strongly based on Roman
Law. This medieval tradition forms the common ground on which the present national legal systems in Europe
have developed. It has strongly contributed to the creation of the idea of a common European culture.
In a manner that is highly relevant for an audience of non-lawyers and lawyers alike, the course starts
with discussing Roman Law. The so-called Corpus Iuris Civilis will be used as the point of departure since most of
what we know about Roman Law derives from this compilation of legal materials that was made in the 6th
century AD on the orders of the Byzantine emperor Justinian. The texts that this emperor included in his
collection were the product of a thousand years of unbroken legal development. During this millennium, roughly
from 500 BC to 550 AD, Rome expanded from a small city-state to a world empire. While Roman law was adapted
to cope with the changing society, the idea was maintained that it was essentially the same law that had been
part of the early Roman way of life.
The course will also concentrate on the different approach to the law that existed and still exists in
Anglo-American jurisdictions. It will try to explain the legal differences today between continental Europe and the
British Isles. Additionally, some elements of American legal history will be studied. In doing so, the many
similarities that lie beneath the seemingly radically different outward appearance of law in Anglo-American
jurisdictions will come to light. This exercise will demonstrate that Anglo-American law is not so different from
continental European law as some writers would like us to believe.
The course will conclude with a study of a selection of similarities and differences that exist in todays
European legal landscape.
Literature
O.F. Robinson, T.D. Fergus, W.M. Gordon, European Legal History, London etc., 2000 or later edition.
Additional materials, to be announced during the course.
Examination
A written paper and class presentations.
14
HUM1011 Introduction to Art; Representations, Performances and Interactions
Course coordinator
Dr. C. Rausch, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
christoph.rausch@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with an advanced introduction to the arts, such as painting, literature,
music and performance.
To broaden the students theoretical understanding of art.
The traditional term for the many ways in which art works represent reality is mimesis. The mimetic
talent for imitation and representation has been the subject of admiration, study and debate
throughout the history of Western art. The notion of mimesis has been employed to describe
painting, literature, music, theater, dance, and more; it is still often used to characterize the domain
of the arts in general.
In engaging with the concept of mimesis, this course focuses on three central themes and
approaches. The first part of the course is concerned with representations of reality in nineteenth and
early twentieth century literature, painting, and music. The second part deals with modern and
contemporary performance art: the academic field of Performance Studies is introduced in an
attempt at dealing with the blurring of genres, cultures and conventions that are typical for
contemporary art shaped by mass media and globalization. The third and last part of the course
discusses sociological perspectives on art as a social practice and a collective activity.
This course, through its emphasis on representations, performances and interactions,
constitutes a basis for courses on the arts in all their diversity, as well as courses on culture in general.
Literature
Auerbach, Erich. Mimesis: The Representation of Reality in Western Literature. Princeton
University Press, Princeton, 2003.
Gombrich, Ernst. Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.
Princeton University Press, Princeton, 2000.
Schechner, Richard. Performance Studies: An Introduction. Routledge, London, 2002.
Becker, Howard S. Art Worlds. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1984.
Audio-visual material
To be announced
Tutorial group meetings, lectures, screenings.
Examination
A practical exercise in realistic representation at the start of the course and a final take home exam.
15
HUM1012 Pop Songs and Poetry: Theory and Analysis
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Andeweg, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Centre for Gender and Diversity,
a.andeweg@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To analyze pop songs and poems in depth.
To explore the theory of the lyric.
To integrate gender and diversity into the study of the lyric.
To become familiar with a number of classic Anglo-American poems and influential pop
songs.
This course is based on the following textbook: Helen Vendler. Poems, Poets, Poetry: An Introduction
and Anthology. Third edition. Boston: Bedford/St. Martins, 2009 (ISBN-10: 0312463197). In three
respects we shall amplify Vendlers book:
First, by reading some of the theory on the lyric by literary theorists such as Jonathan Culler,
Barbara Johnson, Veronica Forrest-Thomson, Jan de Roder, and others. As an academic, you must
learn to read literary theory from firsthand sources.
Second, by applying all of the chapters of Vendlers book to modern songs. Songs are also
poems, although they are never considered in the conventional histories of poetry and in lyric theory.
This is a strange omission, for not only do the lyrics of songs show all properties of poetry, the music
of the song can also be seen as an exteriorization or enhancement of the musical element of
language, emphasized in regular poetry through the use of rhyme, rhythm, structure, and images.
The lack of attention to the pop song in books on poetry makes these books a bit outdated. Aim of
this course is to give the theory of poetry a new life, by reconnecting it with the song.
Finally we will amplify Vendlers book by focusing on gender, ethnicity and sexuality as
relevant categories of analysis in the study of poetry and song. There are significant differences in the
ways in which male and female poets and singers express themselves: differences in themes, in the
intertextual universes poets/singers choose to position themselves, in the use of genre, in forms of
addressing the reader. We will address the question how gender, ethnicity and sexuality could be
integrated into the theory of the lyric.
Literature
Primary sources (poems and songs)
Vendler, H. (2009). Poems, Poets, Poetry: An Introduction and Anthology. (3 ed.). Boston:
nd
Bedford/St. Martins.
E-Reader.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and film viewings.
Examination
Writing a poem or pop song of your own, performance of a poem or song, midterm essay,
presentation and a final essay.
16
HUM1013 The Idea of Europe: The Intellectual History of Europe
Course coordinator

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with an overview of the concept of Europe and the development of
European identity.
To highlight the specific characteristics of European political/social/cultural history, notably
in comparison with that of other (non-European) societies, that contributed to a sense of
European community and the European identity.
To demonstate how a sense of community could evolve from the many shared historical
cultural factors.
To provide students with an introduction to a range of theories which are fundamental to a
range of courses at UCM.
This course deals with some of the most fundamental questions concerning the development of the
European Identity. What have been the decisive common experiences that have fostered a sense of
European community and identity, and how have they evolved over time? Tracing those events and
experiences in the past that have helped to shape some sense of European community and identity
means establishing the factors that have contributed to the difference between Europe and the non-
European world. The concept of identity logically consists of two components: the notion of historical
continuity and a marked sense of difference between the in-group and one or more significant
others. If we accept that there is some sort of European identity, albeit complex and multifaceted, we
should ask which factors have generated it. To put it more specifically: Which factors contributed to
Europes Sonderweg in world history? Or, to use the words of one author, the historian E.L. Jones:
how did the European miracle come about?
From the angle of world history, the European experience constitutes a major deviation from
an almost universal pattern of social and political organization. Europe is the first region in the world
that has changed into a large-scale industrial and urban society. This so called process of
modernization has turned European civilization into something of a historical anomaly - the kind of
anomaly, however, that forced itself on other continents, thus becoming a new kind of standard in
the end after all. To ask for the factors that have contributed to the modern sense of European
community and identity is, at least for a large part, to ask for the factors that have produced this
phenomenon of modernization, including the blatant economic disparities between European
civilization (including North-America) and the rest of the world.
Literature
Rietbergen, P.J. (1998). Europe: a Cultural History. London/New York: Routledge.
Delanty, G.D. (1995). Inventing Europe; Idea, Identity and Reality. Macmillan Press,
Basingstoke.
Examination
An exam with essay questions and a written paper.
HUM2007 States and Nations in Europe, from the Middle Ages to the First World War
17
HUM1014 Great Novels 1850 - Present
Course coordinator

Prerequisite
None
Objectives
To acquaint students with a number of great novels from the western tradition.
To acquaint students with a basic understanding of periodization in literary history.
To acquaint students with basic concepts in literary theory.
To enable students to apply theoretical concepts to their readings of novels.
For centuries, the body of work referred to as literature would first of all entail drama and poetry.
But in the course of the nineteenth century, the novel took flight. As its name testifies, the novel was
a new genre. But what exactly is a novel - Virginia Woolf described it as the most pliable of forms?
Why did it become such a dominant genre? Some have argued that the novel was so successful
because it became the medium of the middle class, and the vehicle of its emancipation. To be sure,
the novel helped shaping ideas about modern society, about what an individual is or can be, about
self and other, about love, sex, marriage and property. But even if all those functions can be
attributed to the 19th century novel, can the same be said about the 20th century novel? How did the
novel as a genre change over time?
This course will address these and other questions, first and foremost by reading primary
texts - key novels from the Western tradition - from 1850 onwards. You will read novels by British,
Dutch, Belgian, French, German and American authors. The reading and discussion of the primary
works is the main objective for this course. Besides that, the course will introduce you into the
scholarly analysis of literary works. It will acquaint you with major developments in the history of
Western literature since 1850, and provide you with a vocabulary/toolkit to discuss and analyse
novels. You will gain experience in reading, analyzing and writing about literature.
Literature
6 novels:
Gustave Flaubert Madame Bovary (1857) (French).
Louis Couperus The Hidden Force (1900) (Dutch).
Thomas Mann Death in Venice (1911) (German).
Virginia Woolf Mrs Dalloway (1925) (British).
Kurt Vonnegut Slaughterhouse-Five (1969) (American).
Michael Cunningham The Hours (1998) (American).
Secondary material from Andrew Bennett and Nicholas Royle, An Introduction to

Literature, Criticism and Theory. Routledge, 3rd or 4th ed. (2009).
Tutorial group meetings and (guest) lectures.
Examination
Presentation, midterm assignment and a final take home exam.
18
HUM2003 The Making of Crucial Differences: Race, Sexuality, Gender, and Class
in Historical Perspective
Course coordinator
Dr. U. Brunotte, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Centre for Gender and Diversity,
u.brunotte@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To acquaint students with cultural construction and historical configurations and of race, class,
gender and sexuality from the Enlightenment until the Shoa/Holocaust.
To acquaint students with the way these categories of difference were conceptualized and intersect,
and how they were sometimes newly invented in science, philosophy and social theory.
To acquaint students with the way in which these configurations like gender, race and religion have
structured cultural scripts and practices, stereotypes, individual identities, and European
developments, like slavery.
To acquaint students with the way in which such intersecting categories of difference have
constituted (and still constitute) inequalities and differences of power, resulting in invisibility,
restricted access to sources etc.

This course offers a historical inquiry into the evolution of intersecting categories of difference: gender, sexuality,
class, race, from the eighteenth century until World War II. It will reconstruct the paradoxes of a dialectic of
Enlightenment, that means the dark side behind its claim for reason, equality, brotherhood and freedom.
It aims, firstly, to trace and illustrate the ways in which the Enlightenment has provided a rationale to
mark gendered, classed and racialized boundaries in science which, more often than not, resulted in inequalities.
These inequalities became embedded in European society in such a way that the active, dominant subject came
to be seen as white, male, and middle class. Moreover, this dominance grew beyond Europe and helped to
carry out the imperial project. The centrality of empire discursively and materially forged a European-ness that
was distinctively gendered, classed and racialized. This will introduce you to how middle class was defined in
relation to the working class.
Secondly, the course will problematize social divisions such as race, class, and gender as well as norms
like heterosexuality, middle-class-ness etc. by looking at shifting boundaries of these divisions and norms. Thus, it
will examine the dynamic processes of their formation and contradictions, which emerged out of these
processes. We will heed our attention to some of the salient ways in which women and men of the different
classes and races became embedded in social relationships, thereby often transgressing taken-for-granted lines
of differences. We will primarily draw on examples from European history. We will ask how the European
colonial adventure and its constructions of Otherness was connected to Anti-Semitism and how the Jews
became the inner Other.
Finally, the course aims to introduce a wide range of debates that offer the possibility to analyze the
ways in which differences have intersected with one another in different periods and how they have manifested
themselves in power relations.
Disciplinary perspectives
History, Philosophy, Gender and Diversity Studies, Cultural Studies, Sociology.
Literature
E-Readers.
Examination
Essay (comment on film, novel etc. related to the course), oral presentations, midterm take home examination.

SSC3040 Identities
19
HUM2005 Enlightenment and Romanticism
Course coordinator
Dr. M. Doorman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
doorman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
st
None, however, this course is not suitable for students in their 1 year.
Objectives
To provide students with a historical and philosophical introduction to Enlightenment and
Romanticism.
To understand these periods as opposed worldviews in social, philosophical, scientific and
political perspective.
To understand how much our life and culture is structured by enlightened and romantic
views.
The debate between Enlightenment and Romanticism has an enduring impact on discussions of today
in art, politics, science, human identity and social values. This course is a systematical introduction to
these two, formative, opposed intellectual traditions.
First, a historical context will be presented to the political and ideological ambitions of the
Enlightenment (enlightened despotism, the court of Frederick the Great, the diffusion of the
Enlightenment).
Secondly the opposed approach to Nature will be introduced; the influence of Newton, the
rise of modern science, the Encyclopdie vs. Romantic science (e.g. Goethes criticism on Newtons
Theory of Colour) and the role of the arts in the new approach to Nature.
Then, the changes in the visual arts will be treated, illustrating continuity and discontinuity in cultural
history (Romanticism and Neo-Classicism).
In the fourth place human subjectivity in the Enlightenment (based on Lockean psychology)
will be confronted to new approaches to the romantic soul (the unconsciousness, irrationality,
Weltschmerz).
Finally, discussions about morals and politics will be presented (Rousseau, the Social
Contract, the slogans of the French Revolution vs. Romantic values concerning the State and personal
relationships like love and friendship, nationalism).
Literature
Dorinda Outram, The Enlightenment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge/New York
2011.
Norman Hampson, The Enlightenment. An evaluation of its assumptions, attitudes and
values. Penguin Books, Harmondsworth 1990.
Maurice Cranston, The Romantic Movement. Blackwell, Oxford/Cambridge (Mass.) 1995.
Tutorial group meetings and 2 lectures, 1 film (Stephen Frears, Dangerous Liaisons).
Examination
A short essay about the film during the course and a test with open questions at the end of the
course.
20
HUM2007 States and Nations in Europe, from the Middle Ages to the First World War
Course coordinator
Dr. P. del Hierro, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, History,
pablo.delhierro@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Humanities & Social Sciences
NB: This course can be used for both the Social Sciences and Humanities concentration.
Prerequisite
HUM1013 The Idea of Europe: The Intellectual History of Europe or any other 100-level Humanities
course.
Objectives
To examine nation-building and nationalism in early-modern and modern Europe.
To discuss the development of the state as well as the diversity in state- and nation-
building since the Middle Ages.
To introduce the students to the history of international relations since the fifteenth century
until 1919.
The states and nations as we know them today have not always been around. In fact, they are both
products of history, which emerged as a result of specific circumstances. This course analyses the
emergence and development of state, nation and nationalism in Europe since the Middle Ages.
In addition, it introduces the students to the development of international relations and
diplomacy from the High Middle Ages until the year 1919. As the course proceeds chronologically
from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century, it provides the students with an overview of
European political history.
Assessment format: short individual paper; written examination (essay questions).
Literature
Craig, G., & George, A.L. (2007). Force and Statecraft. Diplomatic Problems of our Time. (3rd
ed.). New York: Oxford UP.
Opello, W.C., & Rosow, S.J. (2004).The Nation-State and Global Order. A Historical
Introduction to Contemporary Politics (2nd edition). London: Lynne Rienner.
Palmer, R.R., and Joel Colton. (1995, 2002, 2006). A History of the Modern World. 8th, 9th, or
10th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.
E-Readers.
Examination
One essay, individual presentations and a test with open questions.
21
HUM2008 Introduction to Ancient Philosophy
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. T. Swierstra, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
t.swierstra@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy.
Objectives
Students acquire a broad overview of ancient (classical) philosophy.
Students learn that these ancient philosophies are still relevant for present-day philosophical
concerns.
Students practice to read, analyze and discuss historical philosophical texts.
Why would anyone choose to study philosophers who lived and wrote (more than) two millennia
ago? One obvious answer is: to learn about ones roots; to better understand Western culture and
heritage. Up to this day, the ancient Greeks and Romans constitute a major influence on our ideas
about critical thinking, about the fundamental character of Reality, about Science, Ethics, and Art,
and last but not least: about what it is to be human and about what it means for humans to flourish,
to live truly good lives. Ancient philosophy provides an inexhaustible source of inspiration for
contemporary philosophy. The European philosophical tradition, the philosopher Whitehead once
remarked, consists in a series of footnotes to Plato. Slightly overstated, but not untrue.
In this course we will return to the sources and study the texts that helped us become who
we are today. Guided by David Roochniks book Retrieving the Ancients we will study original texts
from the so-called Pre-Socratics, the Sophists, Socrates/Plato, Aristotle, the Roman moralists, and
Neo-Platonism. Although we will attempt to position these thinkers in their historical and
geographic contexts, our main concern will be: what have these ancient thinkers still to say to us
today?
One warning: even if you have some prior knowledge of ancient Greek philosophy, that
doesnt make this an easy course. Only choose this course if you are genuinely interested in reading
ancient philosophical texts that not always give up their secrets easily.
Literature
Required
Introductory readings in Ancient Greek and Roman Philosophy, ed. C. Reeve and P. Lee Miller,
Hackett, Indianapolis/Cambridge 2006, ISBN 9780872208308
Retrieving the Ancients. An Introduction to Greek Philosophy. Blackwell, Malden [etc] 2004.
ISBN 978-1-4051-0862-1
Two articles on Epicure available from the Web
Recommended:
Cambridge Companion to Greek and Roman Philosophy, ed. D. Sedley, Cambridge U.P,
Cambridge 2003.
Examination
Two exams (midway, end term), each with three questions testing your understanding of the
philosophers discussed.
22
HUM2013 The Presence of Art: Reinterpreting Modern and Contemporary Art
Course coordinator

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
HUM1011 Introduction to Art; Representations, Performances and Interactions.
Objectives
To study historical and theoretical approaches to modern and contemporary art.
To enable critical reflection and debate on the meaning and relevance of artistic practices.
To learn how to write an art review.
Since the late nineteenth century and certainly up until the mid-twentieth century artists have issued
avant-garde manifestoes of change, claiming their art to be ahead of the times. Critical of conventions
and traditions, they regarded art as a revolutionary means to social, political, cultural, and intellectual
emancipation and progress. Through what Robert Hughes has called the shock of the new, by
making tabula rasa with the existing, art was to create a better world. Were it not for the fact that art
effectively served the ideologies of both the socialist and fascist totalitarianisms of the last century,
such radical ambitions might even sound a bit nave, nowadays. Indeed, as yesterdays future has
become todays past, the utopias of a bygone era seem to have been disappointed, at last - or have
they not? Do we need to rescue avant-garde virtues and ideals for the sake of the relevance of
contemporary art? What precisely is legacy of the modern avant-garde besides its success on the
global art market?
This course considers histories and theories of modern and contemporary art. It provides an
overview of the heterogeneous and experimental development of modern and contemporary art.
Artistic responses to society, politics, science, and technology are discussed. A further emphasis is on
the practices governing institutions of the contemporary art world, such as museums and the art
market. The course features a visit to the Bonnefanten museum in Maastricht, as well as a studio visit
and debate with an artist in residence at the Jan van Eyck Academy in Maastricht.
Literature
Robert Hughes, The Shock of the New: Art and the Century of Change. Thames and Hudson,
London, 1991
Peter Gay, Modernism: The Lure of Heresy. Vintage Books, London, 2009.
Sarah Thornton, Seven Days in the Art World. Granta, London, 2008.
To be announced
Tutorial group meetings, (guest) lectures, film viewings, an excursion, and a studio visit.
Examination
An art review and a final take home exam.
23
HUM2014 Philosophers of the 20th Century
Course coordinator
Dr. I. Kamphof, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
i.kamphof@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
Objective
To introduce students to some of the leading trends and ideas in continental twentieth
century philosophy.
The course traces the critical heritage of the three so-called masters of suspicion, Nietzsche, Freud
and Marx. These three thinkers stand at the junction of modern and postmodern thought. All three of
them attacked central concepts of modern thought, such as the universality of truth and values, and
the centrality of the human subject and its rational consciousness. Focusing on three major themes,
language, the human subject and cultural critique, we will study the new patterns of thought that
th
these thinkers gave rise to 20 century philosophy. We will deal with work of Wittgenstein, Lyotard,
Habermas, Sartre, Lacan, Arendt and Foucault. As will become clear, postmodern thought is not
t
replacing modern thought. Instead the 20 century shows a dynamic of and constant discussion
between modern and postmodern ideas.
We will not discuss the work of the philosophers mentioned as such, but will focus on some ideas that
represent this dynamic and serve to demonstrate the ongoing discussion.
Literature
Sartre, J.-P. (1948, 1974). Existentialism and Humanism. Methuen, London.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings and lectures. Tutorial sessions will alternate classical PBL tasks with
alternative format.
Examination
A mid-term take-home exam and a final take-home exam.
SSC3040 Identities
24
HUM2018 Cultural Diversity in a Globalizing World
Course coordinator

Fall 2 5 Humanities
NB: This course was formerly known as HUM2018 Cultural Diversity in a Global Perspective.
Prerequisite
At least one Humanities course.
Recommended
HUM1003 Cultural Studies I, HUM2031 Cultural Studies II or SSC2046 Globalization and Inequality.
Objective
To teach students to reflect upon issues of globalization and cultural diversity from several
disciplinary perspectives and connect these issues with their major field of academic study.
What is cultural diversity; when and where does cultural diversity become salient? This course focuses
on cultural difference and identity in an era in which the nation seems to lose its unifying significance
in matters of personal identity and group identity formation. It seeks to analyze how globalization
influences identity and culture and the ways in which these interact with social differences, gender,
ethnicity, religion and nationality. Its orientation is both practical and theoretical. Students will
become acquainted with different theories of globalization and culture such as Hybridization
(Nederveen Pieterse), McDonaldization (Ritzer), and the Clash of Civilizations (Huntington), concepts
such as Orientalism (Said), Occidentalism (Margalit and Buruma), and Multiculturalism. Throughout
the course theoretical discussions are linked to actual and pressing debates, such as feminist
dilemmas on veiling, national identity formation, fundamentalist terrorism, and migration.
Themes: Cultural Diversity; Gender and Ethnicity; National Identity; Multiculturalism;

Orientalism; Occidentalism; Fundamentalism.
Disciplinary perspectives: Cultural Studies, Migration Studies, Gender and Diversity Studies,
Sociology.
Literature
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, projects and 2 lectures.
Examination
Projects (group assignments) and a final exam.
SSC3040 Identities
25
HUM2021 Medieval Civilization
Course coordinator
Dr. J Spruyt, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
joke.spruyt@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
Students will be introduced to the many - historical as well as cultural - aspects of Medieval European
Civilization and its main characteristics, so that they will have a basic knowledge of:
highlights of the history of the European Middle Ages;
education in the Middle Ages;
intellectual developments in the Middle Ages;
the position and influence of Christianity in the Middle Ages;
European Culture in the Middle Ages (art, literature, architecture).
For many of us, even medievalists, the Middle Ages are still somewhat of a mystery. On the one hand
we tend to identify the Middle Ages with a dark period in history, which does not have a lot to offer us
culturally or intellectually. Yet we are also fascinated by this period, and quite enjoy many of the
artefacts that have been handed down to us.
In this course we will try to unravel some of the mysteries of the Middle Ages. We will try to
understand how and why this period has become such a source of bewilderment, but also show how
much we owe to it in terms of education, science and artistic expression. We will critically evaluate
the presuppositions about the Middle Ages, and highlight the many developments that came to
fruition throughout the ages.
Literature
Huizinga, J. (1996). The Autumn of the Middle Ages. Translated by R.J. Payton and U.
Mammitzsch. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (orig. [Dutch]: J.L. Huizinga, Herfsttij der
Middeleeuwen, 1919)
Colish, Martha L. (2002). Medieval Foundations of the Western Intellectual Tradition 400-
1400. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.
Tutorial groups, lectures and an excursion to Medieval Maastricht (and, if possible, one to Aachen).
Examination
Participation, presentation academic paper.
26
HUM2022 Digital Media
Course coordinator
Dr. K. Wenz, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
k.wenz@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisite
None.
Objective
To familiarize students with diverse themes relevant for digital culture.
Students in this course will be introduced into the broad field of digital media and discuss in detail
computer based practices (both from literature from the humanities and qualitative social sciences).
The topics discussed range from transformations in our media culture based on technological
developments to artistic practices in digital literature and art. While popular debates fail to leave the
usually general discussions on the impact of digital media, this course will deal with the complexity,
history and diversity of our contemporary culture.
Digital media have been described as being interactive, multimedial, integrative as they
integrate older analogue media and are able to simulate them on the basis of the digital code to a
certain extent. Their integrative power as well as the possibility to connect, share and network
opened discussions on their impact on cultural transformations.
The course will be structured as follows:
1. Transformations: new vs. old media, users and non-users; ludification of culture
2. Networking: sharing practices and new online communities, gaming;
3. Defragging: on privacy and surveillance, activism and hacking;
4. Remixing: remix, mashup and more, digital literature and art.
Literature
E-Readers.
Online sources.
Examination
Presentation in class, and a final essay of 4000 words at the end of the course.
27
HUM2030 Media and Technology; Philosophical Perspectives
Course coordinator
Dr. D.Cressman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
darryl.cressman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
At least one 200-level Humanities course.
Recommended
Objective
To introduce students to a number of central themes in the philosophy of media and
technology.
To investigate what is at stake in different philosophical methodologies and approaches to
media and technology
Discussions about the changes media and technology bring to culture, and whether these are to be
judged good or bad, are as old as philosophy itself. Media and technology have always had their
apocalyptic, critics and their utopianapologists. With the rapid development and spread of media
and technology in the 20th and 21st century, the debate between these two parties has intensified.
Yet we are now beginning to realize that these overarching approaches have limited value when it
comes to evaluating media and technology.
In this course, we will concentrate on a number of philosophical approaches that help us
understand the influence of media and technology. We will start with the media theory (McLuhan and
Ong) and discuss whether specific technologies and media, like writing and print, provoke structural
changes in patterns of thought, action and experience. Or, applied to a more current example: Is
Google making us stupid? Next, we will deal with the classic philosophy of technology and discuss
whether the machines that are supposed to serve us, are now turning the tables on us, making us
humans their servants. Is technology alienating us from life and from our humanity?
We will then move on to present day philosophy of media and technology that steers away
from essentialist condemnations or praises of technology and media. We will address the work of Don
Ihde and Peter Paul Verbeek on technological mediation, and the work of David Lyon on the intricate
relations of present day society and surveillance technologies. Specific empirical work is explored, e.g.
a phenomenological approach to the use of webcameras in networks of care and Sherry Turkles
work on intimacy with robots. Also addressed is the problem how to ethically evaluate new and
emerging technologies that blur the boundaries between human beings and things that ethics used to
be based on.
Literature
Readers in Reading Room.
Books in Reading Room
Online sources
Examination
Take-home tasks during the course and a final research paper.
28
HUM2031 Cultural Studies II: Visual Cultures
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Swinnen, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Literature and Arts,
a.swinnen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
At least one Humanities course.
Objectives
To understand the way in which visual culture is conceptualized in relation to its disciplinary,
historical, and theoretical context.
To evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of different theories of visual culture.
To select the appropriate theor(ies) and methodological tool(s) for analysis that best suits the
material and argument.
To communicate the way in which different approaches to visual culture mobilize disciplinary
points of view using specialized terms.
To demonstrate awareness of the larger social, political, and sexual issues involved in the
academic study of visual culture as it relates to the body/subjectivity.
To recognize the interdisciplinary nature of visual culture in its historical and contemporary
overlap with scientific, artistic, and economic imaginaries.
This course will explore the variety of visual cultures and the theoretical insights garnered by the
study of this interdisciplinary field. Straddling cultural studies, art history, museum studies, media
studies, performance studies, literary studies, and science studies, the field of visual culture at its
most expansive combines theories and methods from across the academy. We will investigate visual
cultures from these exciting and challenging (inter)disciplinary perspectives.
The course presents visual culture as a ubiquitous facet of modern life that perhaps more
than any other component shapes and informs our understanding of self, society, and the world.
Hence, it demands our careful attention and critical parsing of its workings at all levels of daily life.
Our foray into the field will include examining the benefits of this inclusive mode of analysis, for
instance in the range of objects available for study, as well as the drawbacks, particularly in terms of
methodological rigor and the overinvestment in ocularcentric forms of knowledge. The student will be
invited to scrutinize their disciplinary assumptions, to develop their toolbox of concepts, and to
analyse objects that are rarely considered inside the university.
Starting with an introduction to visual culture, well investigate the terms vision, visuality,
and image in conjunction with varying conceptualizations of culture. Each subsequent unit will deal
with a site of visual culture that offers an object of study, a theoretical problem, and an
interdisciplinary opportunity. We will study visual cultures from high to low, and examine how these
forms are quickly transforming and breaking barriers of category and genre. The principle sites of
inquiry traverse fashion, gaming, museum exhibitions, medical imaging, comics, and cinema.
The methods from visual culture studies we will experiment with include cultural
materialism, psychoanalysis, semiotics, poststructuralism, narratology, phenomenology, affect theory,
feminism and cultural analysis.
Key theorists include Hal Foster, Raymond Williams, Susan Bordo, Fredric Jameson, John
Berger, Martin Jay, Vivian Sobchack, Richard Dyer, Mieke Bal, M.J.T Mitchell, Amelia Jones, Nicholas
Mirzoeff, Ian Bogost, and Jos van Dijk.
Literature
E-Readers.
Amelia Jones Ed. (2003). The Feminism and Visual Culture Reader. London, Routledge.
Sunhil Manghani, Arthur Piper, Jon Simon Eds. (2009). Images: A Reader. London, Sage.
Nicholas Mirzoeff (2009). An Introduction to Visual Culture (second edition). London,
Routledge.
Nicholas Mirzoeff (2012). The Visual Culture Reader (second edition). London, Routledge.
Marita Sturken and Lisa Cartwright (2001). Practices of Looking: An Introduction to Visual
Culture. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
29
Examination
A group presentation, an analytical essay and a final exam with open essay questions (take-home).
SSC3040 Identities
30
HUM2043 Film Art
Course coordinator
Dr. J. Post, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
j.post@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
A comprehensive and systematic introduction film aesthetics, including film analysis, film
history, as well as film theory.
To develop students' abilities to view films critically and thereby deepen understanding of
the cinematic experience.
To teach students to analyse films.
To learn to write a critical and informed essay of a film.
This course offers an in-depth examination of the various formal dimensions of film such as
cinematography, editing, mise-en-scene, acting, costume and sound, as well as the stylistic use of
these techniques in the filmic form and narration. The course also offers a short survey to film history
as well as glimpses into early cinema, Russian Film Montage, Weimar Cinema, neorealism, film noir,
recent European Cinema and various aspects of world cinema. We shall be examining, among other
topics, broader questions of cinema's relation to history, culture and society. Bordwell and
Thompson's introductory film textbook Film Art. An Introduction will be used as a handbook,
supplemented by other readings.
Literature
Mandatory book:
Bordwell, D., & Thompson, K. (2012). Film Art. An Introduction. (10th ed.). Boston: McGraw
Hill.
Additional readings:
E-Readers, on-line resources and cd-rom.
Hill, J., & Church Gibson, P. (Eds.). (1998). The Oxford Guide to Film Studies. Oxford [etc.]:
Oxford University Press. (a good introduction to film theory but not updated recently) or
Cook, P. (Ed.). (2007). The Cinema Book. London: BFI Publishing. (A recently updated
publication with a focus on film history, film genre and world cinema from a theoretical and
aesthetical point of view).
Film viewings.
Tutorial group meetings, introductions + film viewing.
Examination
Analyses of contemporary films, presentations of the analyses, a midterm analysis and a
final essay.
31
Course coordinator
Dr. J. Spruyt, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Department of Philosophy,
joke.spruyt@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy and SKI3002 Argumentation II.
Objective
To introduce students to the history of philosophical thought concerning language, including
the implications of several important theories about language for how we think about
knowledge and the possibility of making judgements.
The philosophy of language is concerned with the role that language plays in thinking, or more
specifically: knowing. As such it is closely related to epistemology and philosophic theories on truth.
But ultimately, the role of language also turns out to be essential when we make the transition from
judgements about the world to moral judgements, i.e. judgements that express how we should act
within that world. In this course we will show you how the study of language has been at the focus of
interest of philosophers throughout the history of philosophy, and that the way in which the function
of language is interpreted, is intimately connected with a philosophers world view in general. We
shall specifically pay attention to the philosophers Frege, Russell and Wittgenstein, but shall also
touch upon the works of a variety of other philosophers, such as William of Ockham, David Hume and
Immanuel Kant. We shall explore the fundamental properties of language that allow it to be a
medium of thought and knowledge. Among these properties are truth, meaning and reference,
notions that are closely linked together in what is often called the triangle of language.
Developing the skills of thinking philosophically about language will have an impact beyond the
immediately related philosophical topics. You will become a more powerful thinker, better prepared
to make important decisions and less susceptible to being tricked and manipulated by others.
Literature
Lycan, William, G. Philosophy of Language. A Contemporary Introduction.
A selection of articles/chapters from primary sources.
Examination
Papers.
32
HUM2046 Living in a Technological Culture I: Introduction to Science and
Technology Studies
Course coordinator
Dr. J. Mesman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Technology and Society Studies,
j.mesman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Humanities & Social Sciences
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide an introduction into the social studies of science, society and technology.
To provide a basis for a critical reflection on our high-tech society.
While modern culture relies heavily on sophisticated instruments, techniques, and systems, most people think
that the actual making of science and technology is the exclusive domain of scientists, inventors, engineers, and
technicians, people who are fascinated by how things work and making things work. Those not directly
involved in the design or development of science and technology (users or consumers) are thought to have
little interest in the facts, materials, principles, or procedures found in the world of scientists and technicians. The
only thing they seem to care about is the use of the scientific output and technology. However, people who do
not spend much thought on the making of science and technology commonly do not merit its use serious
reflection either. Once things have been made or discovered, our interaction with them is understood to be a
straightforward matter. We pick up our mobile phone, make some funny pictures with it, listen to music, twitter
some details about what we do and where we are and chat with our friends. We board an airplane, fly from point
A to point B, and then we get off the airplane. Although we are surrounded by the results of scientific endeavor
and technologies of various kinds, they have become almost invisible and we take them for granted.
However, we live in a technological culture. Technology and science shape society, from the shaping of
mobility patterns and gender and sexual identities, to the standardization of practices in health care. Mobile
phones have changed what it means to be alone; organ transplantation has redefined our understanding of life;
scientific planning has reshaped our policy-making practices. Technologies do not merely assist us in our
everyday lives; they are also powerful forces acting to reshape our activities and their meanings. There is, vice
versa, a cultural influence on science, technology too. Thus we can only hope to understand science and
technology when we acknowledge their socio-cultural base. Historical and comparative studies have shown how
different socio-cultural circumstances yield very different forms and contents of science and technology. Science
and technology are, finally, also cultures themselves.
In this course we will analyze techno-science as a socio-cultural phenomena. This course offers an
introduction to Science and Technology Studies (STS). It will introduce you to the multiple ways in which science
and technology, individuals and institutions mutually shape one another to the benefit and sometimes detriment
of society. In this course, we take a critical approach to science and engineering. By this, we dont mean being
negative about science nor technology. But like a good movie critic, you will think critically but constructive about
aspects of science and technology by focusing on different empirical domains such as human enhancement (e.g.
Google glasses, Ritalin, Blade runner], disasters [e.g. Fukushima, Hurricane Katerina], the gene revolution
(Monsanto) and the politics of artifacts (e.g. park benches, the UCM building and nuclear plants) while using a set
of principles and approaches from the field of Science and Technology Studies.
Literature
E-Readers and material from the UM Library.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and a video analysis.
Examination
Midterm: a group presentation of the analysis of an episode from Black Mirror SF-series .
Final paper: an individual academic paper.
Participation is part of the grade.
HUM3049 Living in a Technological Culture 2: Science in Action
33
HUM2047 The Future of Literature?
Course coordinator
Drs C. Pohrib, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature
codruta.pohrib@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
HUM1014 Great Novels 1850 Present, HUM2022 Digital Media and HUM3036 Narrative Media.
Objective
To learn how to reflect upon the distinctive features of literary texts in a critical and
historically informed manner, with special attention to the issues raised by the appearance of
the new electronic and digital media.
To familiarize students with concepts such as self-fashioning, fictionality, ergodic literature, e-
literature, virtuality (literary and online), reading practices on- and offline, etc.
To learn how to trace and compare features of new media literature/literary production and
reception to traditional ones belonging to the age of print.
The main objective of this course is to investigate aspects of literary culture in relation to new media
platforms and genres (from micro-blogging to Facebook profiling and e-literature. The course is
particularly concerned with the returned urgency in social media of questions related to authorship,
fictionality and literary devices. We will be asking challenging questions such as: What makes an
author today?What goes into the making of the writer persona and arent we all doing it anyway? Are
we witnessing the death of creativity through hyper-dpreadability?Shoudl we be happy about it?
What makea a good story? What is immersion? What happened to the promises of e-literature? Why
do we still hold on to print literature?
The question of what is literature? is an ancient one, which has been posed time and again, since the
onset of Western civilization. Plato tackled the issue in the third book of The Republic, while Aristotle
gave the subject extensive and systematic treatment in his Poetics, a treatise which remained
authoritative well into the eighteenth century. The question has been addressed within ever changing
social circumstances and media ecologies ever since. Literature as we know it today took on shape
with the invention of print. Now that we have so many other media at our disposal besides the
printed book, the question of what is literature? returns to us with renewed urgency. In our
contemporary multimedia culture, we may listen to a radio broadcast, watch a TV-series, go to a
movie, play a digital game, surf the internet, read a hypertext, listen to a cd-rom, don a headset and
scarf and move around in virtual reality, etc. What could be the place and function of literature within
the context of this ever expanding multimedia landscape? As it is impossible to develop a perspective
on the place and function of literature in the contemporary multimedia-landscape without a thorough
knowledge of the functions and values traditionally accorded to literature, this course has been
geared towards equipping you with the tools necessary to engage in a comparative analysis. Thus, the
course provides a historical overview of the functions of literature, while engaging you in considering
what place there is for these fucntions in the new media ecology.
Literature
E-reader (Articles that are not included in the E-reader will be made available for
photocopying through the UCM Reading Room or the UM Library)
Canonized literary works such as Shakespeares Hamlet and Wordsworths Ode: Intimations
of Immortality from Recollections of Early Childhood.
Gunther Grass-Crabwalk.
Examination
An outline for your course paper, engagement in a peer review session of the outlines, and the paper
itself.
34
HUM2050 Topics in European Urban History
Course coordinator
Dr. B. Rulof, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, History,
bernard.rulof@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least two courses in the field of history.
Recommended
HUM1013 The Idea of Europe: The Intellectual History of Europe or HUM2007 States and Nations in
Europe, from the Middle Ages to the First World War.
Objectives
To offer an introduction to the discipline of Urban History.
To study the history of the urban phenomenon in Europe since the Middle Ages.
Today, more than half of the world population lives in what is commonly described as cities and
towns concepts which are often vaguely defined. From the first settlements in Mesopotamia
onwards, the rise of urban communities has had a great impact upon human life. Consequently, the
urban experience draws, and will continue to draw, attention amongst policy makers, scientists from
a wide array of disciplines, artists, etc.
Urban history is a field of study that aims to answer some basic questions about the nature
of European urbanized societies. This particular branch of History often tends to be multidisciplinary.
At least four major approaches exist: a focus on the urbanization process, urban biography (the
history of a particular place), a third approach that deals with numerous themes in the context of
cities within an historical framework, and, finally, a more constructivist study of cities which suggests
that urban centres have been, and continue to be, shaped by notions of how society at large should
be organised. In the latter instance, the argument will be made that urban planning, for example, has
been (and is) informed by social, political and cultural beliefs and preferences. In order to fully
understand this complex process, some assignments in a later stage of the course entails case studies
such as Berlin, Rotterdam and even Maastricht.
In subsequent assignments, each of these approaches will be highlighted in the context of a
discussion of key issues of European urban history. Not only will a variety of European cities be
discussed in the course, the study of concrete examples will also help students understand how the
urban past of Europe was given shape from the High Middle Ages onwards. In the last assignments,
the course turns to the discussion of more contemporary problems of urban centres.
Literature
Peter Clark, European Cities and Towns 400-2000 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009).
E-Readers.
Examination
One presentation and a written examination (essay questions).
35
HUM2051 Philosophical Ethics
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. M.J. Verkerk, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
m.verkerk@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None
Objectives
To help us to live in a better and freer world.
To reflect upon our own moral behavior in society.
To explore the most important ethical approaches that are necessary to understand the
main societal problems of today and to act adequately.
To study primary texts of ethics written by the most eminent philosophers of the past
millennia.
To support ethical decision making by analyzing professional practices.
We live in a fast-changing world. We have to make decisions about our study, our social relations, and
our future. All these decisions are influenced by the norms and values we have developed in the
course of our life. The importance of moral considerations is strongly growing. Nowadays, talk about
ethics is everywhere, in the bar, in the boardroom, on the shop floor, on television, and in the journals
and daily papers. In this course we will explore the field of philosophical ethics: a scientific reflection
about morality.
In the first part of this course, we will study the grand narratives in ethics, examining Aristotelian,
Stoic, Christian, Kantian, utilitarian, and postmodern approaches to ethics. We will discuss different
questions: What is the nature, role, and foundation of ethics? Is ethics about the right thing to do,
the good life, the good man, or all three together? Is there a universal moral framework, or can we
only speak about a plurality of approaches? What is the relation between ethics and religion?
In the second part of this course, we will study some key disciplinary approaches in ethics. We will
discuss environmental ethics, business ethics, and ethics of international justice. Especially, we will
pay attention to the application of the grand narratives in ethics to major problems in our society. We
will analyze professional practices to identify different ethical aspects.
Literature
Mark Timmons, Moral theory. An Introduction, 2013, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, New
York.

st
Glenn Rogers, 21 Century Ethics. An Introduction to Moral Philosophy, 2012, Simpson &
Brook, Estherville.
E-Readers.
Lectures, tutorial group meetings, individual coaching, and a special assignment.
Examination
Participation, presentation of background research, and an essay.

36
Course coordinator
O. van den Wijngaard (MA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
oscarvandenwijngaard@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
COR1003 Contemporary World History and at least one of the following courses HUM1013 The Idea
of Europe: The Intellectual History of Europe, HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy or HUM2051
Philosophical Ethics.
Objectives
To enhance our understanding of modern terrorism and the way we talk about it.
To explore its historical and philosophical contexts, its aims and motives and the societal,
political and religious contexts within which it occurs.
To study its reception and interpretation by contemporary philosophers.
To hone critical and conceptual analysis skills.
Many of the questions that will be raised will therefore be of a philosophical nature, and the
emphasis will be on exploring ideologies, concepts, and interpretations.
In the first part of the course we will begin by exploring the difficult issue of defining terrorism, and by
making an overview of the typology and structure of modern terrorist groups. Having thus established
the object of our research, we will first familiarize ourselves with the historical and ideological roots of
modern terrorism in the revolutionary and nihilist movements of the nineteenth century.
In the second part we will take a closer look at the various motives and rationales behind
terrorism, tentatively grouped together under nationalism, religion and ideology. During the
second part, teams of two or three members of the tutorial groups will make brief presentations, thus
providing their fellow group members with specific information on several terrorist groups or regions
traditionally associated with certain types of terrorism. In these presentations considerable attention
will be paid to the difficulties of defining terrorism, as well the ideological, social and philsophical
context of each group.
The last part of the course deals with the perceptions of and responses to terrorism. How
does the public respond, how do governments react, how should comments such as those made by
opinion makers as Noam Chomsky be understood? The emphasis here will not be on the way the so-
called War on Terrorism is being carried out, but rather on the underlying perception of the
terrorist threat and its origins. The conclusion of this course will consist of a discussion of the analysis
of modern terrorism as given by John Gray in his book Al Qaeda and what it means to be modern,
Jrgen Habermas in Philosophy in a time of terror, and Jean Baudrillards The Spirit of Terrorism.
Literature
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings and discussions, workshops and lectures.
Examination
A presentation on one or more examples of recent terrorist groups or movements; and a paper, for
which students will review a book as starting point for an exploration of a topic or approach from the
course they want to investigate further.
37
Course coordinators
Dr. M. Doorman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
doorman@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Prof. dr. S. Koenis, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Philosophy,
s.koenis@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Prerequisites
None.
Recommended
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy and/or COR1004 Political Philosophy.
Objectives
To acquaint students with pivotal philosophical texts.
To help students read primary texts of important philosophers.
To introduce some classical philosophical problems.
To become aware of different styles of philosophy.
In this course well known philosophical texts will be read and analyzed in detail. Reading
philosophers, that is, the reading of some of their primary texts is not just a pleasure in itself: most of
the more interesting philosophers are also famous stylists. But it is also important to read the original
texts instead of always relying on handbooks or (internet) encyclopedia to acquaint oneself with the
central ideas of philosophers. There is a lot to learn from reading philosophers themselves, to see
how they position themselves in the tradition of philosophy and in the contemporary intellectual
debate, to determine what interesting problems are, and how one could go about searching for some
answers or even solutions.
Reading philosophers themselves also has merit for another reason: it turns out that
philosophers use a variety of writing styles and publication media like a scientific treatise, a
monograph, an essay, a collection of aphorisms or a novel. And last but not least: they provide the
best introduction into some of the classical philosophical problems like: What can we know? How
should we valuate? What is justice? Is there something like moral sense?
In the course we single out a group of 6 philosophers (with reservation): Plato, Spinoza,
Voltaire, Schopenhauer, Wittgenstein and Margalit. They are responsible for some of the best
philosophical work that has been produced in the western tradition.
Literature
Plato, The Republic, Book VII 514a-520a (The allegory of the cave) and Book VIII.
Benedict de Spinoza, A Theologico-Political Treatise (and A Political Treatise).
Voltaire, Candide,: or, Optimism. Orig. Candide ou lOptimisme.
Arthur Schopenhauer, On the Freedom of the Will (except the fourth chapter). Orig.
Preisschrift ber die Freiheit des Willens, 1839.
Ludwig Wittgenstein, Philosophical Investigations. 1-108.
Avishai Margalit The Decent Society, Part III. Decency as a social concept. Harvard University
Press, Cambridge (Mass.) 1996, pp. 115-186.
Tutorial group meetings, including lectures.
Examination
Participation and two papers: a small midterm essay and a more substantial essay at the end.
38
HUM2055 History of Psychology
Course coordinators

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisites
This course part of the Humanities, but is also quite relevant for Social Science students focusing on
psychology. It is important to note that this is primarily a course in history, dealing with psychology as
its topic. It is not a psychology course with a historical dimension. As prerequisite for the course
students will either have done some course(s) in history or in psychology, or, ideally, in both.
Objectives
To become familiar with the development of psychology since the 16th century.
To acquire knowledge about the scientific and social context in which psychology developed.
Psychology has always straddled the borderlines between the natural and the social sciences. Modern
psychology has its origins in the scientific revolution of 16th century. The category of consciousness
according to some defied physics, while others set out to reduce the mental to the material. In the
19th century the theory of evolution made inroads into traditional introspective philosophy of mind,
and led to new approaches in the study of behavior. For some the proper object of psychology should
be behavior instead of consciousness. So, over time, psychology has exhibited interesting ambiguities
both about its own nature.
This course will follow some of these ambiguities, and will illuminate a number of traditional
and modern problems of psychology. The following issues will be dealt with:
The Scientific revolution as the origin of modern psychology;
Consciousness. Mind and body, materialism and spiritualism;
The experimental method and the rise of psychology in the 19th century;
Mans place in nature. The theory of evolution and its influence on psychology;
Mental health, medicine and psychology;
The psychological society. The diffusion of psychology in the workplace, culture and our
personal life;
The cognitive revolution. The return of mind in psychology;
Brain as mind. The rise of cognitive neuroscience and its implications for the mind.
Literature
E-Readers.
Leahey. A History of Psychology
Tutorial group meetings with lectures.
Examination
Paper and test at the end of the course.
39
Course coordinator
Drs. C. Pohrib, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
codruta.pohrib@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
HUM1003 Cultural Studies I or HUM2031 Cultural Studies II and two 200 level courses in the
Humanities and/or the Social Sciences.
Objectives
To familiarize students with some of the key theoretical and methodological approaches
within cultural memory studies.
To provide students with an essential set of concepts for thinking of post-communism
memory studies.
To enable students to use these concepts in focused analyses of cultural products.
To teach students to identify the main tropes (conventions, commonplaces) through which
communism in remembered.
To enable students to identify and analyze tensions between competing memories and
memory actors.
More than two decades after the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe, the Central European
countries, Slovenia, Bulgaria, and Romania have completed their return to Europe by joining the
European Union and NATO, while the rest of the Balkan countries are still lagging behind, but making
steps towards integration. However, the eastern/western divide is still present in the numerous
debates about a common European memory. While cultural remembrances of the Holocaust have
taken centre stage, the memory of the Gulag and the everyday life in socialist countries seems to pose
ever more complex challenges to the construction of European memory. Especially with the wave of
ostalgie (nostalgia for the east) and a developing interest in communist kitsch, the cultural
remembrance of communism seems to be undergoing a premature oversimplification.
This course will equip you with a toolkit of conceptual perspectives on memory, justice, and
the intricacies of nostalgia and the current place of post-communist remembrance in a European
context. The theoretical texts will be accompanied by popular media artefacts that offer insights into
the re-appropriations of communist experiences, thus presenting a lively picture of post-communist
discourse in varied settings, from Germany and Poland to Romania and Russia. We will take a close
look at how irony, nostalgia and the surreal combine in the production of various media artefacts and
inquire into whether they serve to nuance or subvert the complexities of the afterlives of
communism. What role do material culture and generational memory play in the equation? What
forms of narrative become prevalent and what commonplace recur in contemporary post-communist
discourse?
Required Literary Texts and Films:
Boym, Svetlana. The Future of nostalgia. New York: Basic Books, 2002.Print.
Sarkisova, Oksana, and Pter Apor. Past for the Eyes: East European Representations of
Communism in Cinema and Museums after 1989. Budapest: Central European UP, 2008.
Print
Todorova, Maria. Remembering Communism: Genres of Representation. New York: Social
Science Research Council, 2010. Print.
Todorova, Maria. Gille, Zsuzsa (eds).Post-Communist Nostalgia. New York: Berghahn Books,
2010.Print.
Lectures, tutorial group meetings and film viewings.
Examination
In-class presentations and a final analytical essay (3500-4000 words) applying the concepts discussed
to one or two post-communist cultural texts.
SSC3040 Identities
40
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
At least two of the following courses : HUM1013 The Idea of Europe: The Intellectual History of
Europe, COR1003 Contemporary World History, HUM2007 States and Nations in Europe, from the
Middle Ages to the First World War.
Objective
To introduce students to the general theories on totalitarianism and familiarize students with
various 20th century totalitarian regimes and movements.
This course is a history course that will study 20th century totalitarianism over a broad front.
Attention is paid to both theories on totalitarianism as on totalitarian movements and regimes during
the previous century. All the different variants of totalitarianism will be studied: national socialism in
Germany, fascism in Italy, as well as communism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Postwar
phenomena such as right-wing extremism, populism, and Apartheid in South Africa will be given
attention as well. In each case we will see whether and in how far the different forms of
totalitarianism can be understood from the perspective of the different theories about it. Special
attention is given to the 'politics of memory' - collective remembrance and historical writing - and
problems related to political transformation processes in various countries (Germany, Eastern Europe,
South Africa).
Literature
Todorov, T. (2003). Hope and Memory. Lessons from the Twentieth Century.
E-Readers.
Examination
Mid-term paper and take home exam at the end of the course.
41
HUM3029 Literature and Psychology
Course coordinator
Dr. M. Kardaun, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
m.kardaun@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least two 200-level courses in the Humanities or the Social Sciences. SKI2084 Writing in an
Academic Context: Improving Argumentation and Style.
Recommended
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy or SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology
Objectives
To introduce depth psychological literary criticism.
To help students develop their sensitivity for depth psychological dimensions that works of
art and literature may have.
To provide the means to distinguish adequate literary interpretations from less adequate
ones: on what reasonable grounds, if at all, can we decide that one (depth psychological)
interpretation of a work of literature does more justice to the text than a competing one?
In the first part of the course students will become familiar with the basic elements of psychoanalysis
(Freud) and analytical psychology (Jung). Special attention will be paid to depth psychological theories
on art and literature.
In the second part we shall read a number of widely diverging depth psychological
interpretations of literary texts, such as Sophocless Oedipus rex, Saint-Exuprys Le petit prince,
Goncharovs Oblomov, Emily Bronts Wuthering Heights, Robert Louis Stevensons Strange Case of Dr
Jekyll and Mr Hyde, several fairy tales, myths, poems, and short stories.
The last part of the course is devoted to some epistemological aspects of depth psychological
literary criticism. We will go into three main questions: What types of rules are to be observed when
interpreting literary texts? To what extent does depth psychological literary criticism qualify as an
academic discipline? And, finally, to what extent do depth psychological theories like psychoanalysis
and analytical psychology qualify as academic disciplines?
Literature
Bruno Bettelheim, The Uses of Enchantment (2nd, 1991).
Umberto Eco, The Limits of Interpretation (2nd, 1991).
Marie-Louise von Franz, Puer aeternus (3rd, 2000).
Marie-Louise von Franz, Shadow and Evil in Fairy Tales (2nd, 1995).
Sigmund Freud, Creative Writers and Day-Dreaming (1908).
Sigmund Freud, The Uncanny (1919).
C.G. Jung, On the Psychology of the Unconscious (1942).
C.G. Jung, Psychology and Literature (1930).
Kardaun, Fighting the Angel (2011).
Examination
Presentation and a final paper.
42
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
Any course in history or sociology, COR1003 Contemporary World History or SSC1003 Theories of
Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology).
Objective
To understand the major issues and episodes that have shaped the history of mankind.
Focus will be on themes and topics that have had or are still having long term influences on
historical development.
Flowing form this objective, the course deals with the over all history of mankind, and the decisive
transformations involved in that history.
What sort of creatures are we? How have we evolved from and lived before we became homo
sapiens? What sort of animals are our ancestors?
Important topics nearer in time are the agricultural and industrial revolutions. The
agricultural or neolithic revolution has changed us and the world permanently. In a relatively brief
period we went from hunting and gathering to tilling the soil and domesticating plants and animals.
Why and how did we do this? Since the agricultural revolution our numbers have multiplied beyond
comprehension. Societies became increasingly complex and stratified.
The industrial revolution lifted everything to a new unprecedented plane. A type of society arose,
driven by industrial innovation and run on fossil fuels. We are still living in that kind of society today,
so it is interesting to know how it came about.
The course will also deal with topics like the role of war, disease, religion, worldviews and
finance in shaping history. Take disease. Their ways of life brought men in contact with all sorts of
diseases. Especially after the agricultural revolution we had to adapt to diseases we caught from our
domesticated animals. We still have to do this. Look at present day threats like bird flu. Living in some
form of armed peace with diseases has always been a major characteristic of societies. How did we
do this?
Finally the course also touches upon the Rise of the West. The contentious rise of Western
Europe and North America as a dominant factor in worldhistory over the last 5 centuries will be the
closing topic of the course.
Literature
Christian. D, Maps of Time (2004) University of California Press.
Additional material to be distibuted
Examination
Paper and final exam with open questions.
43
HUM3036 Narrative Media
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Swinnen, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,

Fall 1 5 Humanities
Prerequisites
At least two 200-level courses in the Humanities or Social Sciences.
Objectives
To familiarize students with the methods of narratology (the study of storytelling) and
important theories revolving around narratology.
To analyze different media such as literature, paintings, photographs, comics, film, film
music, digital literature and computer games.
The first part of the course will explore the main concepts important for narratology as story,
discourse, authorship, narrator, metafiction. Besides an introductory discussion of concepts and their
application to short examples, students will be familiarized with various theories on narratology.
During the second part of the course, different media will be analyzed. It will be studied how
these different media can construct a story and how the medium itself has an impact on the stories
structure.
Media we will discuss and analyse are short story, fixed image and series of images, comics,
movies, hyperfiction and digital games. For students with an interest in literature mainly I suggest the
textbook by Fludernik (2009), for students with a main interest in media I suggest Ryan 2004. We
read chapters from both books in this course. The literature is available in the library.
The final essay has to apply the methods introduced to an example students can choose
themselves. This is a course in the humanities and an approach to storytelling from social sciences or
psychology is only possible in comparison to methods from the humanities.
Literature
Fludernik, Monika (2009). An introduction to narratology. London: Routledge.
Ryan, M.-L. (2004). Narrative across Media. Lincoln, London: University of Nebraska Press.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures, film viewings. A few lectures will be mandatory (see coursebook).
Examination
A short presentation in class, active participation in class and a final essay of 5000 words.
44
Course coordinator
Dr. L. van den Hengel, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Centre for Gender and Diversity,
l.vandenhengel@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Humanities
Prerequisites
HUM2003 The Making of Crucial Differences (strongly recommended!) or another relevant 200-level course in
the Humanities or Social Sciences.
Objectives
To acquaint students with contemporary configurations of gender, sexuality, race, and ethnicity, and
the way in which these crucial differences structure contemporary cultural processes, as well as social
and individual identities and institutions.
To familiarize students with topical debates, themes, and theories in contemporary gender and
diversity studies.
To teach students how multiple identities and experiences of difference and inequality interact, by
familiarizing them with intersectional approaches to gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity, and class.
To provide students with the analytical skills to examine the dynamics of the continous production and
reproduction of identity and difference, inclusion and exclusion, equality and inequality today.

This course considers a variety of contemporary configurations of gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity, and class. You
will learn to examine the way in which these crucial differences are constituted in the late twentieth and early
twenty-first century, as well as to analyze the ways in which they function on sociocultural, political, and symbolic
levels. The emergence of the various social movements during the 1960s and 1970s, such as the womens
movement, the civil rights movement, and gay and lesbian liberation, and their lasting impact on society today,
serves as a starting point of the course. We will examine how these diverse movements have shaped and
reshaped the form and content of the identity of various minorities on individual and collective levels. Special
attention will be directed to theories of intersectionality, which examine how the interactions between multiple
inequalities and social hierarchies shape personal and social experiences, as well as political strategies and
policies.
Subsequently, we will take a closer look at the complexity of such multiple inequalities, by tracing the
entangled workings of gender, sexuality, and race/ethnicity through a variety of topical cases and questions.
What was the role of social and embodied differences in the late twentieth century ethnic conflicts in Rwanda
and the former Yugoslavia? How does the interaction of norms of gender and sexuality structure contemporary
performances of identity? In what ways are current practices of terrorism and counterterrorism inflected by
dynamics of race, gender, and sexuality? How do advanced technologies such as cosmetic surgery and new
reproductive techniques impact the human body, and how do such practices function as technologies of gender,
race, and class? How is intersexuality viewed in the Western world, and why is it medicalized? How do
constructions of whiteness function in a globalized world? How can we analyze and evaluate the emergence of
sexual nationalisms across Europe today? Why do womens sexual liberation and gay rights occupy such a
prominent place in contemporary debates about Islam and multicultural citizenship?
As these cases indicate, the course draws on a variety of geographical and cultural locations and
contexts. Diversity is also exemplified in the interdisciplinary approach that characterizes gender and diversity
studies as an academic field. The texts used in this course draw on theories and methods from disciplines such as
philosophy, sociology, anthropology, and cultural studies, as well as from the fields of feminist theory,
postcolonial theory, and queer studies. Through critical inquiry into concrete cases as well as major texts -
including modern classics in the field such as Judith Butlers Gender Trouble and Joan Scotts The Politics of the
Veil - this course offers you dynamic ways to think through the complexities of our times, and to examine the
multiple ways in which processes of identity and difference, inclusion and exclusion, equality and inequality are
produced and reproduced in ongoing flows of negotiation and transformation.
Literature
E-Readers.
Examination
Midterm take home exam and final research paper.
45
HUM3041 Shakespeare on Screen
Course coordinator
Dr. J. de Roder, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
j.deroder@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least two 200-level courses in the Humanities.
Objective
To learn to read Shakespeares plays and to reflect on screen adaptations of these plays.
The course will start with a general introduction to Shakespeare, his plays, his world, and his
reception through the ages, with special attention to Hamlet, King Lear, Macbeth, and Othello. We
will study classical interpretations of these plays (contemporary, romantic, the twentieth century
from psychoanalysis to poststructuralism) and confront these interpretations with famous screen
adaptations (Laurence Olivier, Roman Polanski, Kenneth Branagh, etc.).
Literature
Jackson, R. (2000). The Cambridge companion to Shakespeare on film. Cambridge University
Press.
Rothwell, K.S. (1999). A history of Shakespeare on screen. A century of film and television.
Cambridge University Press.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and video presentations (including discussion).
Examination
An essay and a presentation of the essay (using video).
46
HUM3042 Biopoetics: An Evolutionary Approach to Art, Literature, Music and
Religion
Course coordinator
Dr. J. de Roder, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Arts and Literature,
j.deroder@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least two 200-level courses in the Humanities or at least two 200-level courses in the Sciences.
Objective
To learn how to evaluate Darwinist approaches to art, literature, music and religion.
Students will familiarize themselves with the basic concepts of evolutionary theory and cognitive
science in order to able to evaluate the controversies and debates within the framework of an
Darwinist perspective on art, literature and music. Several themes will be discussed, such as: the
mating mind; artistic universals; human nature: blank or pre-wired, the rhythm of poetry; the science
of art; the origins of music, grooming, gossip, and the novel; art as adaptation vs. art as by-product;
etc.
Literature
Charlesworh, B., & Charlesworh, D. (2003). Evolution: A very short introduction. Oxford
University Press, Oxford.
Carroll, J. (2004). Literary Darwinism: Evolution, Human Nature, and Literature. London:
Routledge.
Gotschall, J., & Wilson, D.S. (2005). The Literary Animal: Evolution and the Nature of
Narrative. Northwestern University Press.
Turner, M. (2006). The Artful Mind: Cognitive Science and the Riddle of Human Creativity.
Oxford University Press.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and video viewings (documentaries).
Examination
An essay and a presentation of the essay.
47
HUM3045 Distributive Justice in Contemporary Political Philosophy
Course coordinator
Dr. T. Dekker, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
teun.dekker@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
COR1004 Political Philosophy.
Recommended
HUM1007 Introduction to Philosophy and/or HUM2051 Philosophical Ethics.
Objectives
To examine some recent developments in political philosophy, focusing on current scholarly
disputes in the field of distributive justice.
To engage with the work of todays leading political philosophers and critically evaluate their
arguments.
To discover ones preferred conception of justice.
Distributive Justice concerns the morally correct way of distributing the burdens and benefits of social
cooperation among citizens. In the wake of the publication of John Rawlss monumental A Theory of
Justice, there has been an explosion of political philosophy about this issue, one that continues to this
day. This course will examine the work of some of todays most prominent political philosophers
working in the field of justice. In doing so we will study several topics that are related to some of the
issues discussed in COR1004 (Political Philosophy). As such the course is designed to be a sequel to
that course, and familiarity with the concepts and authors discussed in that course is presumed.
Having said that, this course is distinctive in several respects. First of all the course will
strictly focus on debates within academia, rather than hot political debates within the wider
community. Secondly, the course will exclusively use original primary texts, i.e. original scientific
articles and book chapters. Thirdly, the course will be particularly concerned with the construction
and evaluation of the minutia of argument. We will be looking at the strengths and weakness of the
arguments presented for certain ethical claims and positions, with the aim of figuring out whether we
agree with them, and to determine what our own conception of justice is.
Literature
E-Reader containing contemporary papers and chapters.
Instructional Format
Examination
A final paper presenting the students considered views on the question of distributive justice,
and a critical review of one of the articles discussed.
48
HUM3049 Living in a Technological Culture II: Science in Action
Course coordinator
Dr. J. Mesman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Technology and Society Studies,
j.mesman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

NB: This course was formerly known as HUM3048 Anthropology of Scientific Practice: Science in
Action. This course can be used for both the Humanities and Social Sciences concentration.
Prerequisite
HUM2046 Living in a Technological Culture I: Introduction to Science and Technology Studies.
Objectives
Students gain insight into the contemporary challenges and dynamics of knowledge
production in the sciences.
Students gain insight into the complexities of how scientific knowledge is distributed and
communicated in society.
Students reflect critically on common sense views of the making and use of scientific
claims.
The course Living in Technological Cultures has introduced a range of issues related to the impact of
scientific and technological innovations on contemporary societies and vice versa, and discussed the
basic tenets of the field of Science and Technology Studies. This second course will take a closer look
at the production and dissimination of technoscience output. We will study science in action in its
immediate environment as well as in its role and position in society. To do so we consider science and
its scientists as a tribe. To take this idea seriously we need different notions of objectivity, expertise,
commercialisation, integrity, credibility, etc. This perspective will help us to understand how science
operates in todays complex world. To gain insight in science we zoom in on the organization of
knowledge production and its collaborative character. We also study processes in which credible facts
are established and published about. Furthermore, this course also pays attention to the integrity of
science and its grey area in particular. Beside the immediate context (the lab) in which scientific facts
are established, the course also takes into account the wider socio-economic context in which science
operates. This involves not only the commercialization of science, but also the way its promises and
expectations are related to our hopes and fears. Finally, you will gain insights into the way the
cultural-historical context affects the interpretation of facts. It is along these lines that we enter the
world of the scientists. Based on discussions and analyses of these topics the course aims to make you
reflect critically on common sense views of the making and use of scientific claims. Besides tutorial
meetings, the course also involves lectures, discussion meetings, video analysis, and a visit to a
scientific lab for an interview.
Literature
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and a visit to a scientific lab.
Examination
Participation in and preparation of tutorial meetings, a team presentation and an
individual paper.
49
50
Sciences (SCI)
51
SCI1004 Introduction to Chemistry
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Perez-Gavilan, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Science Programme,
ariane.perez-gavilan@@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Please note that this course is aimed at students who have never taken chemistry or have only
taken basic level chemistry. It is strongly suggested that students who took chemistry in high school
consider taking SCI2017 directly.
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To teach the first principles of organic and inorganic chemistry for future students in
medicine, biology and molecular life sciences, in such a way that they can apply these
concepts to solve typical chemical and biomedical problems.
To give you the ability to recognize chemical compounds and to understand their basic
physical and chemical properties.
To enable you to understand the basic physical chemistry of fundamental importance to
most natural processes, such as thermodynamics, acid-base behavior, kinetics, and
electrochemistry.
To provide the basic knowledge for further advanced courses in chemistry, biochemistry and
the life sciences.
The emphasis of this course will be on a number of essential topics in modern chemistry. The course
will start with a close look at the structure of atoms and their place in the periodic table, followed by
an examination of the properties of various types of chemical bonds, ending with a discussion of
chemical reactivity. The topics covered in this course cover the characteristics of gases/liquids/solids,
thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, acid-base chemistry, electrochemistry, and chemical bonding
theory. The concepts that are learned are applied to biochemical examples. Basic knowledge of
chemistry is important in a wide variety of disciplines, ranging from (life) sciences and medicine to
management, economics and governance studies.
Literature
To be announced.
Tutorial group meetings and Lectures. The course will incorporate Problem-Based Learning (PBL) but
the students will also be expected to cooperatively solve more structured learning assignments based
on exercises, during tutorial sessions.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on 1) a midterm examination, 2) a final examination, 3) the
contributions to the tutorial group.
SCI2040 Microbiology
SCI2017 Organic Chemistry
SCI2035 Biochemistry
SCI3033 Physical Chemistry
52
SCI1005 The Information Society
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. A.F. Harmsen, School of Business and Economics, Accounting and Information Management,
f.harmsen@@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences & Social Sciences
NB: This course can be used for both the Social Sciences and Sciences concentration.
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To introduce students to the role of data, information and knowledge in the present and
future society.
To familiarize students with the background of knowledge management, its models and
application in society.
To introduce students to modeling and developing information systems, including concepts
such as enterprise architecture, modeling techniques and modern programming languages.
To provide an overview of models, techniques and tools to analyze, process and interpret
data, information and knowledge.
To introduce students to the organization and governance of data, information and
knowledge.
Data, information and knowledge, and the processing thereof, are of vital importance in our society.
We are increasingly dependent on information systems and data to make decisions in a wide range of
domains. Sensor and network technology helps us to collect and analyze data in real-time, and to
speed up decision making in all areas of our society. The possibilities of information and computer
science are endless, but they also raise concerns: for instance about privacy, security, and identity,
but also about interpretation and perception of data.
All these developments have led to the present-day information society. The information
society is a society in which the creation, distribution, use, integration and manipulation of
information is a significant economic, political, and cultural activity. The aim of the information
society is to gain competitive advantage internationally, through using information technology (IT) in
a creative and productive way. The knowledge economy is its economic counterpart, where wealth is
created through the economic exploitation of understanding. People who have the means to partake
in this form of society are sometimes called digital citizens. This is one of many dozen labels that have
been identified to suggest that humans are entering a new phase of society.
This course offers an overview of the Information Science, providing both a theoretical
grounding and a pragmatic approach to applying key concepts. Drawing on ideas, tools, and
techniques from such disciplines as sociology, cognitive science, organizational behavior, and
computer science, the course shows the information society from different perspectives: the society ,
and its various aspects, as a whole, but also elements such as an individual organization, information
technology, and people. The course serves as an introduction to other Information and Computer
Science courses, in which the various topics of Information Society will be discussed in more detail.
Literature
Reader
Examination
During the course the students make several small assignments. Theoretical aspects of the course are
applied and concepts are translated to practical usability. Another part is a written exam.
53
SCI1009 Introduction to Biology
Course coordinators
Dr. B. Schutte, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Pathology & Molecular
Cell Biology, bert.schutte@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Prof. dr. R. Valcke, University of Hasselt, Faculty of Sciences, Belgium, roland.valcke@uhasselt.be
lonneke.bevers@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Fall 1 5 Sciences
Please note that this course is aimed at students who have never taken biology or have only taken
basic level biology. It is strongly suggested that students who took chemistry in high school consider
taking relevant 200-level courses directly.
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with a good basic knowledge required to enter more specialised courses
in life sciences.
To gain insight in the biology of organisms.
To increase appreciation and knowledge of the science of life.
Biology, the science of life, studies the organisms as the basic units of life. How they are evolved, how
they are build up, how they act, how they communicate with each other, how they are related to the
non-living environment, and how they reproduce. Since organisms are built up of cells, the basic unity
of all life forms, the course will start with providing insight in the basic structure and function of cells
and their organelles and the differences between prokaryotes and eukaryotes. We will continue by
discussing the biomolecules essential for life and the processes that generate these molecules in the
cell. Because organisms also grow and reproduce, the course will further focus on topics such as the
genome and its replication, transcription and translation, basic (Mendelian) genetics and the
principles of cell growth and differentiation, metabolism and reproduction. The course will end with a
comparison of the cycle of life of different species.
Literature
Sadava et al., Life, the science of biology, 10 edition, 2012.
th
Alberts et al. Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6 edition, 2014.

th
Lectures, tutorial group meetings, and a workshop will be organized to discuss the different biology
subjects.
Examination
Assessment will be based on 1) an exam in the final week, consisting of open questions and 2) a
presentation on a selected biology topic in groups of 2 students.
SCI2009 Human Physiology
SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution
SCI2031 Immunology
SCI2037 Cell Biology
54
SCI1010 Quantitative Reasoning
Course coordinator
Dr. D. Vermeulen , School of Business and Economics, Quantitative Economics,
d.vermeulen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Please note that this course is aimed at students who have have only taken basic level
Mathematics in High School. It is strongly suggested that students who took higher level
mathematics in high school consider taking relevant 200-level courses directly.
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with a thorough mathematical basic toolbox.
To train students in computation and analytic reasoning.
To demonstrate why mathematics is extremely useful in many disciplines.
To prepare students for more advanced courses in mathematics.
Students learn to analyze mathematical problems from various fields in mathematics, such as
analysis, algebra, and probability theory. Thus, students are trained to model and solve quantitative
problems from a wide variety of disciplines.
The course is intended in particular for students with only a limited mathematical
background from pre-university education that need to refresh their skills in mathematics and
calculus. The first three weeks recap topics that are already covered in secondary school. The
remaining weeks cover more advanced topics to prepare students for further quantitative courses.
The course guides students through a wide variety of topics in mathematics and its
applications. Topics range through solving equations and inequalities, techniques for differentiation ,
function analysis, probability theory, geometry, and approximation techniques.
Literature
Reader.
Examination
Written exam and homework assignments
SCI2002 Discrete Mathematics
SCI2010 Introduction to Game Theory
SCI2018 Calculus
SCI2019 Linear Algebra
SCI2036 Artificial Intelligence
SCI2061 Statistics I
55
SCI1016 Sustainable Development: An Introduction
Course coordinator
Dr. M.Huynen, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, International Centre for Integrated Assessment &
Sustainable Development,
m.huynen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To gain a basic understanding of the (various perspectives on the) concept of sustainable
development and some of the main related contemporary ideas, concepts and theories.
To grasp and appreciate the social, economic and environmental dimensions of the concept
of sustainable development.
To be able to translate and apply general theories and concept of sustainable development
to a case study (poster presentations).
To evaluate the usefulness of contemporary ideas about how to achieve a more sustainable
society.
Today it is acknowledged that achieving sustainable development at the global scale is one of the
greatest challenges for the 21st century. However, sustainable development means different things to
different people.
This course is aimed at developing the students' understanding of sustainable development
as a complex and fluid concept, which will continue to evolve over time. But common characteristics
underlie the many streams of thought. Furthermore, sustainable development requires an
understanding that inaction has consequences and that we must find innovative ways to deal with the
important economic, social and ecological trade-offs involved. However, there is no detailed plan of
action or a formula that we can all blindly follow. There is no one solution.
In part 1 of the course, some of these main concepts, ideas and theories related to the
complex and ambiguous term of sustainable development will be illuminated, using present-day
cases. Key ideas/concepts discussed are: the Tragedy of the Commons, ecosystem services,
biogeochemical cycles, carrying capacity and ecosystem dynamics, and uneconomic growth.
In part 2 of the course, students will learn about some of the contemporary ideas about how
to achieve a more sustainable society, including contemporary developments in corporate
sustainability an sustainable production (e.g. Cradle-to-Cradle), the role of lifestyles and consumer
choices and about the opportunities and pitfalls of (the global) governance for sustainability. As part
of the examination students will link theories/concepts/ideas discussed in the course to a self-
selected case study in a poster presentation.
Literature
E-Readers.
Examination
Practical assignment (poster presentation), mid-term exam and final exam.
SSC3016 Sustainability Assessment: Tools and Methods
SSC3047 Urban Development & Poverty in the 21 Century
st
56
SCI2002 Discrete Mathematics
Course coordinator
Dr. G. Schoenmakers, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
gm.schoenmakers@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI1010 Quantitative Reasoning or substantial high school experience in Mathematics (For an
indication of the relevant topics, see SCI-M, p. vi-viii). Students who are unsure if this course is
suitable for them can contact the coordinator to discuss their situation.
Objective
To make students familiar with several fundamental concepts in mathematics, a.o. logic,
numbers, proofs, sets, relations, functions and combinatorics.
The language of mathematics is an unambiguous one, which makes it play an important part in many
scientific studies. In the Discrete Mathematics course students learn to speak the mathematical
language, to think like a mathematician.
The students will learn the mathematical meaning of the following fundamental concepts:
1. Numbers, e.g. integers, rational numbers and real numbers and properties that these
numbers have;
2. Logic and how to use logic to construct mathematical proofs;
3. Sets and concepts related to sets, like intersections, unions and differences;
4. (Mathematical) relations and their properties;
5. Functions and related concepts;
6. Combinatorics, the science of smart counting, with basic concepts like permutations and
combinations.
These basic issues will, in one way or another, be discussed in just about every mathematics course,
making the Discrete Mathematics course very useful to combine with other mathematics courses.
The course also is useful for students who are interested in Computer Science and Econometrics.
Just how frequently and widely applied the concepts, introduced in the Discrete Mathematics course,
are, is very well captured by a quote from a former UCM-student, who took the course a few years
ago. She wrote: In hindsight, this probably was the most useful course Ive ever taken and it has
helped me in many others.
Literature
Chetwynd, A., & Diggle, P. Discrete Mathematics.
Lecture notes will be provided via EleUM.
Frontal, but interactive instruction and active training in comprehending the instructed material by
spending a lot of time on problem solving, either individually or jointly with other participants. There
are no tutor groups for this course. During all contact hours instruction and practice will alternate in
line with the progress of the material in the book/lecture notes.
Examination
Two written exams (one midterm and a final exam).
57
SCI2009 Human Physiology
Course coordinator
Dr. A.J. Gilde, Faculty of Health Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Physiology,
A.Gilde@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SKI2079 Lab Skills: Human Anatomy and
Histology. Students wishing to take the Lab Skills should concurrently enroll in, or have completed,
this course. Students wishing to take SCI2009 Human Physiology without taking the Lab Skills may do
so.
Prerequisites
SCI1009 Introduction to Biology. Students with substantial high school experience in Biology (For an
indication of the relevant topics, see SCI-B, p. vi-viii) can contact the coordinator to request a waiver.
Objective
To obtain basic knowledge of human physiology.
Course Description
While Mathematics is seen as the father of science, Physiology is the mother. Physiology attempts to
explain the physical and chemical factors that are responsible for the origin, development, and
progression of life. Human physiology investigates the mechanisms of the human body making it a
living being (Guyton). In the healthy human body it is of the utmost importance that the working
conditions for all cells are kept constant. In this respect it is noteworthy that essentially all organs
and cells of the human body perform functions that help to maintain this constant nature or
homeostasis by using feed-back mechanisms. We will begin by discussing the physiology of the cell,
and the function of the cell membrane. Continuing, we will discuss cardiovascular physiology,
respiratory, fluid and salt balance, followed by the autonomic nervous system and the endocrine
system and ending with gastrointestinal physiology, control and feedback.
Literature
Multiple sources provided by UM/UCM libraries including textbooks on:
Physiology, Biochemistry, Physics, Pathology, Internal Medicine, etc. The use of the on-line library
Access Medicine (access provided by UB).
Lectures and tutorial group meetings
Examination
Written exam and a paper on a physiological subject of choice.
SCI3007 Endocrinology
58
SCI2010 Introduction to Game Theory
Course coordinator
Dr. G. Schoenmakers, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
gm.schoenmakers@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
Objective
To familiarize the students with the fundamentals of Game Theory.
What is a game?
The word game may make you think of things like poker, chess or backgammon, within the context of
this course its meaning is far broader. A game is basically a decision problem in which several parties
are involved. Generally these parties have different and conflicting interests, and often there is no
solution to the decision problem that will make all parties happy. The parties in the conflict are
normally called players (or agents), but one should keep in mind that these may just as well be firms
competing for their market shares, animals fighting over a territory, children trying to get the biggest
piece of cake, or politicians fighting over the distribution of budgets. We encounter very fundamental
issues like rationality, expectations, fairness, power, cooperation, threats, manipulations, risk,
stability. In some games everything depends on strategic possibilities of the players. In such games we
also encounter information structures; what does each player know about the other players
possibilities and goals. Does A know that B knows that A knows that B knows etc?
Game Theory: Game Theory analyzes different types of games and their solution concepts. Analyzing,
or solving, a game boils down to answering a mathematical question and then interpreting the result.
In the games that we discuss in the Game Theory course the solution depends on strategic
possibilities of the players. We will discuss the games in order of increasing strategic possibilities,
which means that as the course progresses, the games become more complex. Many examples shall
be discussed to clarify the issues and many exercises will be provided to learn how to compute
solutions.
Literature
Lecture Notes Introduction to Game Theory by Frank Thuijsman will be provided.
are no tutorial groups for this course. During all contact hours instruction and practice will alternate in
line with the progress of the material in the lecture notes.
Examination
There will be two written exams (one midterm and one final exam) that consists of solving a number
of open problems.
59
SCI2011 Introduction to Programming
Course coordinator
G. Spanakis, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
jerry.spanakis@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
Abstract thinking ability. Basic math knowledge is assumed. No prior programming experience is
required.
Recommended
SCI2039 (Was SCI1006) Computer Science.
Objective
To introduce students to modern programming using the object-oriented programming
language Java. InteliJ IDEA programming environment will be used to introduce the core
computational concepts
This course is an intensive introduction to programming in Java that assumes no prior programming
experience. It explores all aspects of modern programming by means of lectures and hands-on
practical lab sessions.
The course starts with the basics of computer science and computer programming and shows
how basic data types and control statements are used traditionally. More precisely, we will deal with
concepts such as variables, data structures, methods, conditional statements, loops, recursion. These
need to be understood in all their facets. Finally, the course introduces the object-oriented features of
Java and their usage for program design.
Literature
Allen B. Downey, Think Java: How to Think like a Computer Scientist, Green Tea Press, 2012.
http://www.greenteapress.com/thinkapjava/ (ABD)
David J. Eck, Introduction to Programming Using Java, Sixth Edition, 2011.
http://math.hws.edu/javanotes/ (DJE)
Lectures, tutorials and lab sessions. There is an attendance requirement of 85% for the total of
tutorials and labs. During lectures students will be instructed in the basics of programming via slides
and hands-on programming examples . Labs are practical programming sessions that take place each
week. Students will be asked to solve a short problem using a method learned in the lecture or/and
the tutorial. Labs along with the assignments influence the final grade (see `Examination').
Examination
Six labs, Three assignments: Will be announced during the period and need to be handed-in
individually and an open book and notes, open-questions exam at the end of the course.

SCI2033 Datamining
60
SCI2012 Globalization, Environmental Change and Society
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Offermans, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, International Centre for Integrated Assessment
& Sustainable Development,
a.offermans@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences & Social Sciences
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
Gain knowledge on different ways to define the phenomenon of globalization.
Learn to understand globalization as transplanetary connectivity.
Gain understanding of the global character of water, water scarcity and the role of
globalization herein.
Gain knowledge on the functioning of several conventional and renewable energy sources
and their ability to make up for our future energy demands.
Gain understanding of the physical mechanisms underlying climate regulation and climate
change, the risks related to climate change and the role of feedback mechanisms.
Gain knowledge on international agreements and actions to combat (negative consequences
of) climate change, understand these actions, and learn to identify strengths and
weaknesses.
Gain knowledge about sources, manifestations and effects of primary and secondary air
pollutants.
Gain knowledge on different types of waste, ways to deal with them and their effects on
society and the environment.
Understand positive and negative consequences of globalization on health in different parts
of the world.
Adopt an interdisciplinary and integrative attitude towards handling the complex
interrelationship between global developments, the environment and society by making use
of a metaphoric case study of Easter island.
In recent decades, human dynamics, political relations and the global environment have been
changing at an accelerating rate. Globalization plays an important role in the acceleration and
direction of these changes. But what does globalization exactly mean? At the moment we are
witnessing changes which have different impacts on individuals, societies, and our environment.
During the course we will learn more about the nature and form of these global changes that are
occurring in the world of today. Changes will create new situations offering new opportunities and
challenges, but also threats to the global environment. Topics to be discussed during the course
include: climate change, health, climate governance, economic trade, water footprint, air pollution
etc. This course is primarily about deepening our understanding of the nature, processes and
potential impacts of what has commonly become known as Globalization, with a strong focus on the
environmental side of these impacts.
Literature
To be announced, but likely to consist of a selection of articles, papers and/or book chapters.
Examination
To be announced.
61
SCI2017 Organic Chemistry
Course coordinator
Dr N.A. Owston, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Science Programme.
nathan.owston@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
SCI1004 Introduction to Chemistry or substantial high school experience in Chemistry (For an
indication of the relevant topics, see SCI-C, p. vi-viii). Students who are unsure if this course is suitable
for them can contact the coordinator to discuss their situation.
Objectives
To teach the basic principles of organic chemistry for future students in medicine, biology
and molecular life sciences.
To give you the ability to recognize organic compounds and to understand their basic
physical and chemical properties.
To enable you to understand typical organic reactions, and be able to apply them to obtain
well defined organic compounds.
To present a broad spectrum of characterization methods used in organic chemistry and to
give you the ability to use the results found with these methods to identify organic
molecules.
To provide sufficient knowledge for further advanced courses in chemistry, biochemistry and
the life sciences.
This course consists of various sections, which form the basis of organic chemistry. The first section
provides a general overview of organic chemistry and relates to atomic theory, bonding theory,
hybridization, molecular orbital theory and resonance. The second section deals with
stereochemistry, which is an essential topic in the life sciences, since stereochemistry often
determines the activity of biological compounds or medicines. The third section focusses on
characterization methods used in organic chemistry and their application in the identification of
organic molecules. The remaining and most important section concerns organic reactivity. To this end,
a logical review will be provided of the reactivity of the most important functional groups, as applied
in organic synthesis. This review will not only consist of comparatively simple molecules, such as
alkanes, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and amines, but will also be illustrated with
examples from more complex biomolecules.
Literature
Chemistry by Blackman, Bottle, Schmid, Mocerino and Wille; Wiley 2 edition 2012.
nd
Tutorial group meetings and Lectures. Problem-Based Learning (PBL) assignments will be
supplemented with more structured learning assignments based on exercises, which can be found in
the textbook. In case of less than 6 participating students, the course format and examination will be
adjusted.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on 1) a midterm examination, which consists of a mixture of multiple
choice and open questions, 2) a final examination, which also consists of a mixture of multiple choice
and open questions, 3) the contributions to the tutorial group in the form of presented problem
solutions and research assignments.
SCI3050 Advances in Medical Science
62
SCI2018 Calculus
Course coordinator
To be announced, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
Objective
In this course we provide an introduction to calculus. Emphasis is on an understanding of the
basic concepts and techniques, and on developing the practical, computational skills to solve
problems from a wide range of application areas.
From high school, most students will be familiar with some basic techniques related to the analysis of
functions of a single variable. Usually this includes techniques for calculating zeroes, for determining
maxima and minima, for finding asymptotes and for drawing graphs. There will also have been some
emphasis on calculating slopes by means of differentiation and on computing integrals. In this course,
these techniques are put into a broader perspective and are formalized.
The course will start with discussing complex numbers, followed by discussing limits and formalizing
them. Next derivatives are defined in terms of limits and the approach for computing derivatives is
briefly discussed. Derivatives are then used for approximating functions with Taylor series (including
error bounds) and for numerical optimization with Newtons method.
After this we will discuss Riemann sums, the fundamental theorem of calculus and antiderivatives. As
integration methods integration by parts and inverse substitution are discussed.
Then we focus our attention to infinite series with special intention to geometric series and Fourier
series. Finally we will discuss multivariable calculus in the form of partial derivatives.
Literature
Adams, R.A. and Essex, C. (2013). Calculus, A Complete Course, 8th edition. Prentice Hall
Canada.
are no tutor groups for this course. During all contact hours instruction and practice will alternate in
line with the progress of the material in the book.
Examination
Two written exams (one midterm and a final exam).
SCI2038 Physics
SCI3003 Optimization
SCI3006 Mathematical Modeling
63
SCI2019 Linear Algebra
Course coordinator
Dr. P. Bonizzi, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
pietro.bonizzi@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
Objective
To provide an introduction to the main topics of linear algebra. Emphasis is on an understanding of the
basic concepts and techniques, and on developing the practical, computational skills to solve problems
from a wide range of application areas.
Linear algebra is the branch of mathematics which is primarily concerned with problems involving linearity of
one kind or another. This is reflected by the three main themes around which this introductory course is centred.
The first theme is concerned with what can be recognized without doubt as the most frequently
occurring mathematical problem in practical applications: how to solve a system of linear equations. For this
problem a complete solution procedure is developed which provides the student with a way to deal with such
problems systematically, regardless of the number of equations or the number of unknowns.
The second theme addresses linear functions and mappings, which can be studied naturally from a
geometric point of view. This involves geometric objects such as points, lines and planes, and geometric
actions such as rotation, reflection, projection and translation.
One of the main tools of linear algebra is offered by matrices and vectors, for which a basic theory of matrix-
vector computation is developed. This allows one to bring these two themes together in a common framework,
in what turns out to be an exceptionally fruitful way. By introducing the notions of vector spaces, inner products
and orthogonality, a deeper understanding of the scope of these techniques is developed, opening up a large
array of rather diverse application areas.
The third theme surfaces when the point of view is shifted once more, now from the geometric point of
view to the dynamic perspective, where the focus is on the effects of iteration (i.e., the repeated application of a
linear mapping). This involves a basic theory of eigenvalues and eigenvectors, which have many applications in
various branches of science as will be discussed. For instance, important applications in problems involving
dynamics and stability, and applications to optimization problems found in operations research.
Many examples and exercises shall be provided to clarify the issues and to develop practical
computational skills. They also serve to demonstrate practical applications where the results of this course can be
successfully employed.
Students will obtain insight that various seemingly different questions all boil down to the same
mathematical problem of solving a system of equations. Students will learn to look at the same problem from
different angles and will learn to switch their point of view (from geometric to algebraic and vice versa).
Literature
Lay, David C. (2012). Linear Algebra and Its Applications. (4th ed.)
Pearson. ISBN 13: 978-0-321-62335-5.
A combination of interactive frontal instruction and active training. Students will be guided in comprehending
the material by spending a considerable amount of time on problem solving, either individually or jointly with
other participants. There are no tutor groups for this course; all contact hours will include both instruction and
practice, roughly following the progress of the material in the book.
Examination
There will be two written tests on parts of the course that consists of solving a number of open problems. For
those who do not pass these tests, there will be a written exam on the entire course.
SCI3006 Mathematical Modeling
64
SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution
Course coordinator
Dr. H. Smit, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
h.smit@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Sciences
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SKI2088 Lab Skills: Genetics. Students wishing
to take the Lab Skills should concurrently enroll in, or have completed, this course. Students wishing
to take SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution I without taking the Lab Skills may do so.
Prerequisites
Objectives
To acquaint students with genetics and evolutionary theory.
To provide students with insight into the essentials of genetic and evolutionary models and
their applications in biology, medicine and psychology.
Within the life sciences there are two kinds of theories that deal with phenomena: proximate-causal
theories and ultimate causal theories. Molecular genetics is indispensable for understanding the
proximate causation of phenomena. It explains how genetics information, encoded in the DNA, is
transcribed and translated into molecules that are involved in the development of characteristics
(phenotypes) of an individual. Evolutionary theory tries to solve problems related to the ultimate
causation of phenomena. Why have specific genotypes been selected through selection on
phenotypes? Its core discipline is evolutionary genetics. Genetics and evolutionary theory will be
treated in this course.
The course starts with the mechanisms that cause evolutionary change: natural selection,
inheritance, and gene expression. In order to make these mechanisms understandable for students,
this course will deal with the essentials of molecular, Mendel, and population genetics. It then moves
on to the evolution of life cycles, sex, and sexual selection. After discussing kin selection it uses
genomic imprinting to explain genetic conflicts. Game theory will be used to explain the models that
treat conflicts. The course will finish with the evolution of life histories, especially senescence.
Besides theoretical and mathematical models, the course will treat the applications of these
models within the fields of biology, medicine, and psychology. For example sexual selection will be
used to explain the principles of partner selection in human beings (psychology), kin selection will be
treated in the context of conflicts between paternal and maternal alleles during pregnancies
(medicine), and the evolution of sex will be treated in relation to rates of mutation and recombination
(biology).
Literature
Stearns, S.C. & Hoekstra, R.F. (2005) Evolution; An introduction (2nd ed.). Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
Alberts, D. & Johnson, A. (2007) Molecular Niology of the cell, fifth edition.
Examination
An essay during the course, on topics chosen from a list to be distributed at the start. Deadline is in
week 7. A test with open questions at the end of the course.
65
SCI2031 Immunology
Course coordinators
Dr. A. Duijvestijn, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Internal Medicine,
a.duijvestijn@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
indication of the relevant topics, see SCI-B, p. vi-viii) can contact the coordinators to request a waiver.
Recommended
SCI2037 Cell Biology, SCI2040 Microbiology.
Objective
To gain knowledge and insight in cells and humoral factors of the innate and adaptive
immune system.
To gain knowledge and insight in cellular and molecular effector mechanisms of the innate
and adaptive immunity during inflammation and infection.
To gain knowledge and insight in the structure and function of primary and secondary
lymphoid tissue.
To gain knowledge and insight in the processes in the immune response after immunization
and vaccination.
To gain knowledge and insight in immune mechanisms in disease.
Description
The course Immunology focuses on the role of different humoral factors, cells and cell systems of the
innate and adaptive immune system, that are involved in the defense of an organism against intruders
like foreign cells or (non) complex structures (e.g. foreign proteins). In addition, the processes in the
immune response after immunization, vaccination and transplantation will be discussed.
Literature
Abbas, A.K., Lichtman A.H. and Pillai, S. (2014). Basic Immunology (4 ed.). Philadelphia:
th
Elsevier.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and self-study assignments with accompanying expert meetings.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on 1) a written test consisting of open questions, and 2) a
presentation (in pairs of two students) on an immunologic topic.
SCI3049 Pathobiology and Disease
66
SCI2033 Datamining
Course coordinator
Dr. E. Smirnov, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
smirnov@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2039 (Was SCI1006) Computer Science or SCI2011 Introduction to Programming or SSC2061
Statistcs I.
Objectives
To provide an introduction to the fundamental concepts found throughout the field of data
mining.
To provide a practical experience of applying data-mining techniques for analyzing data and
deriving new knowledge.
Data mining is a relatively new scientific field that enables finding interesting knowledge from (very
large) data. In practice it is often a mixed-initiative process that has the potential to predict events or
to analyze them in retrospect. Data mining has elements of artificial intelligence, machine learning,
and statistics.
A typical database contains data, information or even knowledge if the appropriate queries
are submitted and answered. The situation changes if you have to analyze large databases with
many variables. Elementary database queries and standard statistical analysis are not sufficient to
answer your information need. Your intuition guides you to understand that the database contains
more knowledge on a specific topic that you would like to know explicitly. Data mining can assist you
in acquiring this knowledge. The course shows you within two months how this works. You will learn
new techniques, new methods, and tools of data mining. The course focuses on techniques with a
direct practical use. A step-by-step introduction to powerful (freeware) data-mining tools will enable
you to achieve specific skills, autonomy and hands-on experience. A number of real data sets will be
analyzed and discussed. In the end of the course you will be able to apply data-mining techniques
for research and business purposes.
The following points will be addressed during the course:
* Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery
* Data Preparation
* Basic Techniques for Data Mining:
Decision-Tree Induction
Rule Induction
Instance-Based Learning
Bayesian Learning
Ensemble Techniques
Clustering
Association Rules
Tools for Data Mining
How to Interpret and Evaluate Data-Mining Results
Literature
Mitchell, T. (1997). Machine Learning. McGraw Hill. ISBN 0070428077.
Lectures and practical lab sessions.
Examination
Weekly assignments, an open-question test at the end of the course.
SCI3051 Data Analytics
67
SCI2034 Brain and Action
Course coordinator
M. Heins (MSc), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
manuela.heins@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Practical coordinator
Dr. H. Steinbusch, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, School for Mental Health and
Neurosciences.
he.steinbusch@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
Secondary school biology and/or a genuine(!) interest in the anatomy of the nervous system.
Objectives
To make students familiar with the basic division, anatomy and functions of the central and
peripheral nervous system.
To gain knowledge of the workings and anatomy of the brain's most important structures.
To gain basic practical knowledge of brain dissection.
Human beings mostly go through their lives without paying much attention to their actions such as
breathing, eating and even learning. Our brain seems to take care of us in an almost effortless way by
planning, initiating and executing our actions and by regulating our somatic homeostasis. The course
Brain and Action is concerned with exactly how the nervous system does so. The course deals with
the scientific study of the central and peripheral nervous system as well as with some of the latest
developments in neuroscience. Via problem based learning tasks, both the anatomy and functions of
important neurological structures like the spinal cord and the brain are examined.
Questions that will be raised continually during the course are, e.g.: What is the
hippocampus? What function does the corpus callosum have? How does the brain develop both pre-
and postnatally? How does neurotransmission take place? Etc.
Literature
Bear, M.F., (2007). Neuroscience: Exploring the brain (3rd ed.), ISBN: 9780781760034.
Various textbooks on the anatomy of the brain (available in UM library and UCM reading
room).
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and practical.
Examination
Practical attendance (fail/pass), a paper, and an exam.
SCI3046 Cognitive Neuroscience
68
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. C. Reutelingsperger, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of
Biochemistry,
c.reutelingsperger@maastrichtuniversity.nl
N. Deckers, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Biochemistry,
n.deckers@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Fall 2 5 Sciences
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SKI2086 Lab Skills: Biochemistry. Students
wishing to take the Lab Skills should concurrently enroll in, or have completed, this course. Students
wishing to take SCI2035 Biochemistry without taking the Lab Skills may do so.
Prerequisites
SCI1009 Introduction to Biology or SCI 1004 Introduction to Chemistry. Students with substantial high
school experience in Biology or Chemistry (For an indication of the relevant topics, see SCI-B and SCI-
C, p. vi-viii) can contact the coordinator to request a waiver.
Objectives
To communicate fundamental principles governing structure, function and interactions of
biological molecules to students encountering biochemistry for the first time.
To increase appreciation of the science of biochemistry.
To study the synthesis and degradation of large biomacromolecules like proteins, lipids,
polysaccharides and nucleotides.
To create deeper understand of the basic principles of enzyme catalysis and inhibition.
To prepare students to enter more detailed courses on biochemistry and molecular biology
to finally allow entrance to various Master programs in the life sciences.
This course is a review of the molecular components of cells: structure and chemistry of biomolecules:
amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, nucleotides and nucleic acids, lipids and membranes. The
course also discusses the mechanisms by which enzyme activity is regulated and can be manipulated.
Next the course goes deeper into the biochemistry of synthesis and degradation of the above
mentioned biomolecules that are the essential building blocks of cells. The theory studied in this
course is also explained giving some examples of the application of biochemistry in every day life, for
instance how DNA profiling works or how the structure of proteins influences their function and how
this structure-function relation is improtant for homeostasis and disease.
Literature
Garrett and Grisham. Biochemistry. (4th ed.). Thomson Brooks/Cole. ISBN101133108792
ISBN13 978-1133108795.
Lectures and tutorial groups. The course is subdivided into subjects, and for each subject lectures will
be given on the basis of observed deficiencies.
Examination
A written final examination (open questions), an essay on a topic prepared from a list provided in the
block book and peer review reports on essays written in this course.
SCI3005 Metabolism, Nutrition and Exercise
69
SCI2036 Artificial Intelligence
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. G. Weiss, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
gerhard.weiss@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
Objectives
To convey the ideas that have emerged over the past fifty years of Artificial Intelligence
research, and about two millenia of related work, expressed in the study of so-called
intelligent agents.
To discuss the possibility of machines that think.
To show how algorithms can be used (1) to understand human behavior in terms of
underlying processes, and (2) to enable systems to think or act intelligently.
The course starts with an analysis of the question "Can machines think", and the preconceptions
usually encountered in discussions about that idea.
Next the metaphor of an intelligent agent is introduced, that is, of an entity that pursues
goals by perceiving and acting flexibly and autonomously in a possibly very complex environment.
The main part of the course explores the metaphor of an intelligent agent by introducing a
number of state-of-the-art concepts, algorithms, and methods which enable computers (i.e., software
and robots) to solve problems in a way which deserves to be called intelligent.
Literature
Russell, S., & Norvig, P. (2009, Third Edition). Artificial Intelligence. A modern approach.
Prentice-Hall.
Wooldridge, M. (2009, Second Edition). An introduction to multi-agent systems. John Wiley &
Sons.
Depending on the group size, tutorial group meetings and lectures.
Examination
Final written exam and course-accompanying excercises (classroom assignments and/or homework
assignments classroom attendence is of critical importance).
SSC2062 Foundations of Cognitive Psychology
SSC3019 Human Reasoning and Cognition
70
SCI2037 Cell Biology
Course coordinators
Dr. B. Schutte, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Molecular Cell Biology,
bert.schutte@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SKI2077 Lab Skills: Cell Biology. Students
wishing to take the Lab Skills should concurrently enroll in or have completed this course. Students
wishing to take SCI2037 Cell Biology without taking the Lab Skills may do so.
Prerequisites
Objective
To obtain insight in basic molecular genetic and cell biological processes in cells, tissues and
organisms by leading the student through the origin of life, its differentiation and diversification,
and deregulation of molecular processes leading to disease.
In this course students have an opportunity to get acquainted with the discipline of cell biology. This
discipline has been profiting from the development and improvements of recombinant DNA
technology and is a driving force in fundamental and biomedical research. In this course students are
challenged to discuss, at a detailed molecular level, different cellular and genetic processes that are
the basis of life as we know it. The aim of the course is to familiarize students with further knowledge
in the field of cell biology, which will enable them to better understand and appreciate the newest
developments in this research area. Discussions will revolve around general cell biological topics such
as the role of membranes, membrane transport of small molecules, the nuclear architecture, the
organization of the genome, regulation of transcription and translation, protein trafficking, the cell
cycle and maintenance of genomic integrity, programmed cell death and senescence. The last task,
dealing with cancer, serves as an integration task; knowledge of the previous topics is required to
appreciate what the consequences can be when a cell goes astray and the defence mechanisms of the
body fail.
Literature
Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6 edition, 2014.
th
Sadava et al., Life, the science of biology, 10 edition, 2012.

th
Scientific publications provided during the course.

Examination
Assessment will be based on 1) a written exam consisting of open questions, 2) a written assignment
and 3) a presentation on the topic of the paper.
This course is recommended for the following course(s):
71
SCI2038 Physics
Course coordinator
Dr. C. Pawley, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Science Programme,
c.pawley@@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Sping 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
SCI2018 Calculus.
Recommended
Secondary school physics (SCI-P).
Objectives
To use the tools that participants have developed in SCI2018 in a physics environment. This
means we will take a journey through a variety of topics of classical physics. The aim is to
prepare participants for further studies in the sciences concentration or for admission into
future programs.
We will review and expand on high school physics as well as observations of the natural
world to explore the material world in a quantitative manner.
Physics is the science of measuring the natural world, as a result, physicists have developed a series of
properties and laws of the material world. These laws describe many physical phenomena from the
composition of atomic nuclei to the evolution of distant stars. The course describes some of the
general laws of nature, valid in the whole universe, and how such laws could be extracted from the
results of carefully planned experiments. Aspects to be considered will be:
Equilibria and momentum topics which define how an isolated system moves, and how
objects react during (Newtonian) collisions.
An introduction to thermodynamics, including the four laws of thermodynamics,
temperature scales and PV diagrams.
Energy and Work, from the perspective of both mechanical and thermodynamic systems.
An introduction to waves and periodic motion - including pendulums and standing waves.
Literature
The required textbook is University Physics, H.D Young and R. A. Freedman, Pearson, 13th ed., 2008.
You may also find the following useful, but theyre pitched at a lower mathematical level:
Principles of Physics, H.C. Ohanian, W.W. Norton & Company, 1994.
The sciences, an integrated approach, J. Trevil and R.M. Hazen, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.
It is strongly advised to buy the book of Young and Freedman, which is an internationally well-known
text and will allow you to successfully describe your physics credits in future admission procedures.
Earlier and cheaper editions are offered at Amazon and can be used as well.
The course is based on a series of lectures (parts of which will be posted on EleUM), the book of
Young and Freedman as a reference text, a series of weekly mathematical problems as well as the
standard UCM approach of Problem-Based Learning (PBL) in a tutorial group.
Examination
There will be a midterm and a final examination.
SCI3050 Advances in Medical Science
72
SCI2039 Computer Science
Course coordinator
Dr. E. Smirnov, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
smirnov@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
NB: This course was formerly known as SCI1006 Computer Science.
Prerequisite
None.
Objective
To provide an introduction to the fundamental concepts found throughout the field of
informatics and computer science.
As an overview of the discipline, the course covers a breadth of topics including algorithmic
foundations of informatics; hardware issues such as number systems and computer architectures; and
software issues such as operating systems, programming languages, compilers, networks, the
Internet, and artificial intelligence.
All the concepts introduced during the course are investigated in lab sessions. In the end of
the course students are expected to develop experience in how to apply techniques from informatics,
computer science and programming for their own research and educational purposes.
Literature
Schneider, G.M. & Gersting, J.L. (2013, Sixth Edition). An Invitation to Computer Science: Java
Version. Thomson Pub Co. ISBN-978113319108
Lectures and practical lab sessions.
Examination
Weekly lab assignments and a closed-book test with open questions at the end of the course.
SCI2033 Datamining
73
Course coordinator
Dr. L. van Alphen, Faculty of Health Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Medical Microbiology,
MUMC;
lieke.van.alphen@mumc.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI1009 Introduction to Biology or High school biology (SCI-B) and SCI 1004 Introduction to Chemistry
or High School chemistry (SCI-C).
Objectives
To obtain basic knowledge of microbiology, i.e. of bacteriology, virology and environmental
and applied microbiology.
To study the characteristics of a selection of micro-organisms in relation to their related
infectious diseases, more specific pathogenesis, immunity, epidemiology, diagnosis and
therapy.
To study environmental microbiology by looking at the role micro-organisms play in our
environment and how micro-organisms can be used to our advantage.

The 7 weeks course will be divided in three parts:
Bacteriology (3 weeks):
1) Introduction in bacteriology. General principles of replication, classification and
identification of bacteria will be adressed. Presence of bacteria in humans, animals
and plants and composition of the endogenous flora will be discussed. These items
will be discussed in an introduction lecture, expert meeting and 2 obligatory practical
sessions.
2) Bacterial infections, including adhesion, virulence, biofilms and antibacterial
resistance: This part will be discussed in a lecture and in PBL tutorial meetings. As
example for a worldwide important bacterial infection we will discuss tuberculosis.
Furthermore, the acquisition of antimicrobial resistance and the epidemiology of
worldwide antimicrobial resistance will be discussed.
3) Epidemiology of infectious diseases and outbreak management wil be discussed in a
lecture and a PBL session
Virology (2 weeks):
1) Introduction in virology. General principals of replication, classification and
pathogenesis of viruses and classes antivirals will be discussed in the introduction
lecture and an expert meeting.
2) Viral infections: The second part will consist of 2 topics and will be discussed in PBL
approach. Topics to be discussed are influenza and HIV. The unique characteristics of
the structure of these viruses and its importance for epidemiology. The lecture on
epidemiology and outbreaks will also focus on viral outbreaks
3) The host response to infection, and prevention of infection by vaccination will be
discussed in a lecture, the expert meeting and during the PBL sessions.
Environmental and Applied Microbiology (2 weeks):

1) Introduction in the role of microbes in the environment. The role of microbes in
biogeochemical cyles, such as the carbon, nitrogen and sulfur cylces, in the
environment and adaptation to the environment, as well as the use of micro-
organisms in food-production, waste treatment and bioremediation will be discussed
in a lecture and an expert meeting
2) The role of microbes in the environment and the application of microbes will be
discussed in a PBL approach.
74
Literature
The books recommended will only provide a basic knowledge of the topics, the students are
encouraged to find scientific literature online to further on the topics.
Murray. Medical Microbiology. (5 ed.)
th
Bauman. Microbiology with Diseases by Body System (4 ed.)

th
Abbas & Lichtman Basic Immunology (4 ed.)

th
(Review) scientific articles, mentioned in the course manual

Practical sessions, expert meetings, tutorial group meetings and lectures. Halfway through the course
the students will prepare a presentation on a contemporary microbiological subject of their choice,
which will be presented during a minisymposium.
Examination
The final grade will be decided by a combination of the grades of the final written test and the
presentation. Furthermore, professional behaviour (participation in PBL meetings) will be part of the
evaluation.
75
Course coordinator
Prof.dr.ir. R. Peeters, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
ralf.peeters@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2018 Calculus and SCI2019 Linear Algebra.
Objective
To discuss a diversity of optimization problems and solution techniques, and their relation to
real-world problems.
In everyday life we are surrounded with applications of optimization. A common drive of human
activity is to make things better, to enhance performance, and to carry out the best possible actions in
given situations. Often the essentials of a situation can be captured by a mathematical description (a
model, with or without constraints) and the value of a proposed action by a function (an optimization
criterion). Then the goal becomes to optimize the criterion for the given model under the associated
constraints (if any). Depending on the nature of the model, the constraints, and the optimization
function, many different mathematical techniques are available to characterize and compute optima.
In this course we address the most important areas in optimization and we study the most common
techniques.
First, we consider the optimization of unconstrained continuous functions in several
variables. Some notions we will come across are: partial derivatives; the gradient and the Hessian;
stationary points; minima, maxima and saddle points; local and global optima. Techniques to compute
optima range from analytical and algebraic techniques (i.e., solving systems of equations) to iterative
and approximate numerical techniques (e.g., gradient methods and hill climbing, Newton and quasi-
Newton methods, and several others). We will focus on a selection of these. An important class of
functions to consider is that of least squares criteria. We will consider both linear and nonlinear least
squares problems and suitable iterative techniques to solve them. Linear least squares problems are
often encountered in the context of fitting a model to measurement data. They also allow one to
rephrase the problem of solving a nonlinear system of equations as an optimization problem, while
the converse is possible too.
Second, we address optimization problems subject to a given set of constraints. A well-
known such class consists of linear optimization functions subject to linear equality or inequality
constraints: the class of linear programs. The problem of fitting a linear model to measurement data
using the criterion of least absolute deviations, can be reformulated as a linear program. Several
methods are available to solve such problems, including active set methods and the simplex
algorithm, but also interior point methods and primal-dual methods. We discuss the Kuhn-Tucker
conditions for optimality. For the optimization of nonlinear functions subject to nonlinear constraints
we address the Lagrange multiplier method.
To demonstrate the various optimization problems and solution techniques, we will provide
many examples and exercises. To demonstrate the wide range of applicability, these are taken from
different fields of science and engineering.
Literature
Hand-outs will be distributed during the course.
Recommended literature:
Hillier & Lieberman (2010): Introduction to Operations Research (9th edition). McGraw-Hill,
ISBN 978-007-126767-0.
R.J. Fletcher, Practical Methods of Optimization (2nd ed.), Wiley, 1987 (2nd ed.: 2004).
Lectures and exercises. Some exercises will be worked out in computer classes using Matlab.
Examination
A written midterm and a written final exam.
76
Course coordinator
lonneke.bevers@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
SCI2035 Biochemistry.
Recommended
SCI2009 Human Physiology, SCI2037 Cell Biology.
Objective
To provide knowledge of cellular and whole-body energy metabolism in rest and during
exercise.
To provide knowledge of the effects of nutrients on cellular and whole-body energy
metabolism.
To provide knowledge of the effects of training on different body systems and how this
relates to exercise.
The aim of the course is to provide students with a solid understanding of the key aspects in energy
metabolism, and the effects of nutrients on skeletal muscle metabolism during exercise of different
types. The course requires prior knowledge on some simple (bio)chemical concepts (e.g. the structure
and function of macromolecules, common forms of chemical reactions, basic cell structure, and
metabolism of macromolecules).
The course starts with a theoretical framework in which the basics of exercise biochemistry and
exercise physiology are discussed. The course builds on the knowledge students have obtained in
basic and intermediate courses, such as biochemistry, human physiology, and cell biology. In addition,
students are encouraged to relate to appropriate knowledge from other courses. This course is meant
as a culmination where all relevant knowledge acquired in previous courses comes together and is
applied. The first, theoretical part of the course is rounded off with a midterm exam.
The second part of the course exists of four case studies. The students will discuss the casesand come
to a specific recommendation on nutrition, exercise, and, if applicable, training. Every
recommendation will be based on the physiological and biochemical processes involved. The second
part of the course will be rounded off by an individual recommendation on a particular case. This will
be done in the form of a take-home assignment.
Literature
There is no main book for this course. A list of suggested readings is provided; these books
are all available in Reading Room at UCM and/or in the library at the UNS50. In addition to
the books, some E-Readers will be posted on EleUM.
Examination
Assessment will be based on 1) a written mid-term exam consisting of open questions, and 2) a
written take-home exam in the final week.
77
SCI3006 Mathematical Modelling
Course coordinator
Prof.dr.ir. R.L.M. Peeters, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Department of Knowledge Engineering,
ralf.peeters@maastrichtuniversity.nl.

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2019 Linear Algebra and SCI2018 Calculus.
Objectives
To have the ability to interpret dynamical phenomena as mathematical systems and to cast
them into such form.
To understand the basic concepts of linear systems theory.
To be familiar with analysis techniques for linear systems, to understand their behavior and
interaction.
To become familiar with some application areas of mathematical systems and models.
To describe natural phenomena and processes, mathematical models are widely used. The focus in
this course shall be on dynamical models (i.e., where time plays a role) in particular those that have
interaction with the environment through inputs and outputs. Mathematical systems theory provides
the framework to deal with such models in a systematic and useful way.
First we consider some general aspects of mathematical modeling. Then we briefly address dynamical
systems without inputs and outputs - but which may show nonlinear behavior. We study basic
properties such as equilibrium points, linearization, and stability.
We then switch to linear dynamical models with inputs and outputs. They are used in many different
areas of the natural sciences and in engineering disciplines. We discuss the following topics and
concepts. Linear difference and differential equations, Laplace transforms, transfer functions of linear
systems; controllability, observability, minimality; system representations with an emphasis on state-
space representations and canonical forms; stability; the interconnection of linear systems including
feedback; frequency domain analysis and the relationship with filter theory, Fourier analysis, and time
series analysis.
To demonstrate the applicability of the techniques and concepts, many examples from science and
engineering are mentioned and briefly discussed.
Literature
Lecture notes
Recommended background literature:
R.J. Vaccaro, Digital Control. A State-Space Approach, McGraw-Hill International Editions,
1995. ISBN: 0-07-066781-0.
D.W. Jordan and P. Smith, Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations, 2nd ed., (Oxford
Applied Mathematics and Computing Science Series), Clarendon Press, 1987.
Lectures and exercises in a mixed and interactive way.
Examination
Midterm and final written exam
78
SCI3007 Endocrinology
Course coordinator
Dr. A.J. Gilde, Faculty of Health Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Physiology,
A.Gilde@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2009 Human Physiology.
Objective
To obtain insight into the endocrine system of the human body by studying illnesses that
disturb this homeostasic control mechanism.

The discipline Physiology deals with the explanation of the biological, physical and chemical factors
that are responsible for the origin, development, and progression of life. The first course on Human
Physiology which is compulsory for this course - focused on the specific characteristics and
mechanisms of the normal homeostasis in the human body.
In this follow-up course disturbances in physiological function (homeostasis) resulting in disease will
be studied and used to deepen the knowledge on human endocrinology. These disturbances will be
studied through the presentation of patient cases exemplified by; hypertension, renal failure,
infertility, steroid abuse, diabetes and starvation. Attention will also be paid to the treatment of these
diseases.
Literature
Multiple sources provided by UM/UCM libraries including textbooks on:
Physiology, Biochemistry, Physics, Pathology, Internal Medicine, etc.
The use of the on-line library Access Medicine (access provided by UB).
Team-based learning meetings (and lectures.
Examination
Weekly oral presentations on patho-physiological assignments and a written final-exam.
79
Course coordinator
Dr. J.A.W. Harings, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Science Programme,
jules.harings@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
Either 1. SCI2032 Physics II and SCI1004 Introduction to Chemistry;
or, 2. SCI2017 Organic Chemistry and SCI2038 Physics (or SCI1030 Physics I) or SCI2018 Calculus;
or, 3. SCI2035 Biochemistry I and SCI2038 Physics (or SCI1030 Physics I) or SCI2018 Calculus.
Students with a sufficient high-school background in physics can request an exemption for Physics.
Please contact the course coordinator.
Objective
To provide an understanding of basic concepts from chemistry and physics on a more
advanced level.
To apply the general principles of thermodynamics in understanding and description of
(biological) processes.
To predict the rate of reactions under various environmental conditions, for example
occurring in living organisms.
To predict and determine structure formation of (biological) macromolecules and their
function.
To get familiar with spectroscopic tools in analyzing biological systems at various length
scales.
This course focuses on advanced aspects in physical chemistry and how it contributes to solving
problems encountered in biology, (bio)chemistry and the environment. Thermodynamics, chemical
kinetics, (macro)molecular structures, and spectroscopy are the four pillars of the course, addressing
a broad spectrum of topics related to the life and environmental sciences, including (i) bioenergetics,
(ii) phase transitions, (iii) ion and electron transport, (iv) chemical reaction and enzyme kinetics, (v)
(bio)macromolecules and self-assembly, and (vi) molecular spectroscopy. Case studies are embedded
to create an understanding of how to apply the general principles of physical chemistry to biological,
(bio)chemical and environmental problems. Development of plausible models for physical or chemical
mechanisms, including the numerical analytical methods to solve the models and testing against
observations and experimental evidence, are essential throughout the course.
Literature
Atkins, P., De Paula, J. (2009) Physical Chemistry (9th ed.) Oxford University Press.
Examination
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of:
1) two written tests, a mid-term examination covering topics of the first 3 weeks, and a test
consisting of open questions at the end of the course,
2) student contribution and involvement in the tutorial groups, including presentation of
problem solutions, as scored by the attending tutors, and
3) a short presentation on a scientific paper.
80
SCI3046 Cognitive Neuroscience
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. A. Sack, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
a.sack@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Dr. F. Duecker, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
felix.duecker@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Spring 5 5 Sciences & Social Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2034 Brain in Action and elementary knowledge of electricity and magnetism as stated under SCI-
P.
Recommended
SCI1009 Introduction to Biology or SCI2038 Physics (or SCI1030 Physics I) or SSC1005 Introduction to
Psychology or SSC2025 Memory.
Objectives
To give an introduction into the new field of cognitive neuroscience.
To learn which methods a brain researcher can use to investigate the neuronal bases of
different mental processes.
Cognitive neuroscience is an entirely new research field that originally emerged from a combination
of traditional sciences such as philosophy, psychology, medicine and biology that all investigate the
principles of perception, behaviour and cognition from different perspectives.
As technical developments of different methods and tools in the field of cognitive
neuroscience came forth, and as theoretical application of different mathematical and computer
science-based models were used to explain neuronal functioning, additional disciplines, such as
physics, mathematics, bioengineering and computer science materialized as an important part of this
research field.
Subsequently, an effective research project in cognitive neuroscience requires an
interdisciplinary cooperation, in which each scientific discipline contributes its respective genuine
theories, models, techniques and tools for the mutual investigation of the neuronal principles of
perception, attention, and cognition.
But can we really watch the brain at work? Are there ways to identify where exactly, and
when exactly activation in the brain is necessary to perform a specific mental process? This course will
help to give some answers on the basic principles of brain research and it will show relevant
applications of these techniques in different areas of cognitive psychology.
Literature
Gazzaniga, M.S., Ivry, R.B., & Mangun, G.R. (2013). Cognitive Neuroscience: The Biology of
Mind. W.W. Norton & Company, New York, London.
Tutorial group meetings and lectures. The course also includes an excursion to the brain imaging
centre in Maastricht for some hands-on experience.
Examination
A group presentation and a final exam. The exam will consist of several open questions.
81
Course coordinator
Cell Biology, bert.schutte@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Dr. A. Duijvestijn, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Internal Medicine,
a.duijvestijn@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Spring 5 5 Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI2037 Cell Biology and SCI2031 Immunology.
Recommended
SCI2040 Microbiology, SCI2009 Human Physiology, SKI2088 Lab Skills: Genetics, SKI2077 Lab Skills:
Molecular Cell Biology and Genetics.
Objectives
To gain more insight in the field of pathobiology. particularly in immunological and
oncological diseases
To increase appreciation and knowledge of healthy living.
To provide students with a good basic knowledge required to enter master courses in life
sciences.
In this course students will have an opportunity to learn how modern medicine has benefitted from
our knowledge in the fields of (molecular) cell biology and immunology. Pathobiology is the field that
deals with disturbance of normal physiological processes and the consequences of it for adequate
functioning of our human body. Our challenge has been to arrange a program that offers insight in the
nature, e.g. the causes and processes of disease.
The emphasis in this course is on diseases of the immune system and oncology. In this
respect, this course builds on the knowledge obtained in the UCM course Immunology and Cell
Biology. It is our hope that the acquired knowledge will furthermore enable you to better understand
and appreciate the newest developments in treatment of these diseases.
The program comprises PBL tasks, workshops and assignments. PBL tasks will be presented
to you in the form of tutorial group meetings and topic-related lectures. The tasks deal with 1)
examples of diseases caused by unwanted reactions of the immune system, e.g. chronic inflammation
and autoimmunity, and 2) with oncological diseases in which cells have gone astray, circumvent the
bodys defense mechanisms and give rise to cancer.
Workshops will address immunology- and oncology-related research highlights related to
diagnostic, preventive and (immuno)therapeutic developments in immunological and oncological
diseases.
Assignments consist of writing an essay and giving a presentation on a block-related subject
for discussion and deepening in the tutorial group meeting.
Recommended Literature
Abbas, Lichtmann and Pillai. Cellular and Molecular Immunology, 8th edition, 2014.
Alberts et al. Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6th edition, 2015.
Tutorial group meetings, work-shops and lectures.
Examination
A final test, an essay and/or presentation.
82
SCI3050 Advances in Medical Sciences
Course coordinators
Prof. Dr. Thomas Cleij, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Science Program,
thomas.cleij@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Sciences
Prerequisite
SCI2017 Organic Chemistry and SCI2038 Physics.
Objectives
To understand how advanced physical and chemical techniques can be utilized to advance
medicine
To be aware of the complex balance between chemistry, biology and the human body in
regenerative medicine
To be able to describe the basic physical principles of electron microcopy and how these can
utilized in nanoscopy to image cell
To understand the basics of radiation physics and how this type of physics can be utilized in
radiotherapy treatments and advanced imagining techniques.
This course focusses on selected topics at the interface of natural sciences and medicine. Emphasis
will be on the application of advanced physics and chemistry in the medical research field. Tentatively
three general themes of 2 weeks each will be discussed (subject to change).
The first theme focuses on regenerative medicine. Population of the Western world is ageing, with, as
a consequence, an increasing number of damaged and diseased organs and tissues. To sustain high
quality of life for all, an increasing need exists for readily available and inexpensive strategies to
recover the normal function of such damaged organs and tissues. While in the past, implants were
used to passively take over a function in the body (think of a total hip prosthesis, artificial heart valve,
or a stent), the aim is now to provide the body with tools to regenerate itself, to regain the natural
function. Such regenerative strategies include use of natural or synthetic biomaterials, cells, growth
factors, etc. In this part of the course, which is offered by the MERLN Institute for Technology-Inspired
Regenerative Medicine, an overview of these strategies will be given.
The second theme will cover the area of nanoscopy and will be offered by M4I (the Maastricht
MultiModal Molecular Imaging Institute). Nanoscopy investigates cell structures at a macromolecular
level. Inside cells, proteins work together in complex structures and are responsible for virtually all
processes in the human body, including diseases such as cancer. To understand the working
mechanisms of protein complexes, three-dimensional imaging of normal and disease-causing protein
complexes is essential. This could ultimately lead to more effective treatments, but also to vaccines
against diseases such as tuberculosis. Using high-resolution cryo-electron microscopy, detailed
photographs of complex protein structures in cells can be taken.
The final theme focuses on radiation physics and will be offered by researchers from MAASTRO.
MAASTRO Clinic is a radiotherapy institute that provides radiation therapy for various types of cancer
for patients in Limburg. Radiotherapy is a treatment form that uses radiation. It is used for the
treatment of cancer, but can also be used to treat other (non-malignant) conditions. Radiation physics
research is very important to not only improving this radiotherapy but also to find better ways of
patient imaging.
Literature
Selected scientific articles.
Lectures and tutorial group meetings.
Examination
A scientific literature review paper on one of the three topics discussed in this course and a final
written examination.
83
SCI3051 Data Analytics
Course coordinator
To be announced, School of Business and Economics, Quantitative Economics

Spring 5 5 Sciences
NB: This course can be used for both the Sciences and Social Sciences concentration
Prerequisite
SCI2033 Data Mining.
Recommended
SSC2061 Statistics 1.
Objective
This course aims at getting hands-on experience in analyzing managerial decision processes, based on
available data, and using quantitative techniques for decision making
This course treats the theory and practice of Business Analytics. Tools for the analysis of data are
discussed, as well as methods for discovering knowledge from information and using this knowledge
for intelligent decision making.
The course consists of applying up-to-date data mining techniques on real-life problems.
These techniques will be used with Excel based software. We study how (and how not) to extract
information from large data bases with standard techniques from data mining and how to interpret
the results.
The first two cases, selected from the literature, are used to get experience with the
mentioned goals. The last two or three cases are selected from business practices based on current
topical developments of the various disciplines involved with data oriented decision making: financial,
marketing, supply chain management etcetera. These cases will be introduced by the selected
companies. Some companies involved in previous years are: VISA (London), Proctor & Gamble
(Brussels), and Smurfit-Kappa (Roermond).
Literature
Data Mining for Business Intelligence (second edition), by Shmueli, Patel, and Bruce, Wiley
2010. ISBN 978-0-470-52682-8
Articles, made available through ELEUM.
Lectures and PBL sessions.
Examination
Papers and Participation.
84
Social Sciences (SSC)
85
SSC1003 Theories of Social Order
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. R. van der Velden, School of Business and Economics, Research Centre for Education and the
Labour Market,
r.vandervelden@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Social Sciences
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To introduce students to sociology and in particular, a core theoretical issue in the social
sciences, the problem of social order.
To develop skills in identifying and analyzing theoretical arguments.
To apply abstract theories to new concrete empirical situations.
The course Theories of Social Order is a first introduction to sociology. The course focuses on one of
the most important problems in sociology: the problem of social order. The root of the problem of
social order lies in the distinction between the interests of individuals and those of groups (and
societies), which these individuals constitute. Whenever individual interest conflicts with group
interest, social order is put at some kind of risk. A solution to the problem requires the reconciliation
of individual and collective interest, but theorists have provided several distinct strategies for doing
so. In this course, we will consider the five most prominent mechanisms to produce social order:
individuals, hierarchies, markets, groups and networks. Classical and foundational texts by important
sociologists like Marx, Weber, and Durkheim are combined with contemporary extensions and
empirical applications that, in some form or another, apply the arguments made by these earlier
scholars. The editorial introductions by Hechter & Horne provide the background for each of these
texts and link them to the central problem: how to achieve social order. Throughout the course, the
strengths and weaknesses of the various theories are discussed, and attempts are made to relate
them to contemporary events whenever feasible. In this way, students will improve their
understanding of the social world and will learn to apply the analytical tools to real-life phenomena.
Thus this course is as much about developing skills as it is about learning information.
Literature
Hechter, M. & Horne, C. (2009). Theories of social order. A reader. 2 edition. Stanford
nd
University Press.
E-Readers.
Examination
Grading will be based on participation during the tutorials, a group presentation on a problem of
social order and an individual paper on a problem of social order.
SSC2027 Law and Society
SSC2028 Classical Sociology
SSC2055 Entrepreneurship
SSC2059 Social Movements
SSC3040 Identities
86
SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology
Course coordinator
Dr. A. H. van der Lugt, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
arie.vanderlugt@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To engage students in scientific inquiry about psychological processes.
To introduce students to the various subfields of psychology as an academic discipline.
To gain a basic understanding of the methods of psychological research.
Psychology is all around us. Psychology permeates our everyday lives. It is therefore not surprising
that the science of psychology has received great interest from behavioral scientists and the general
public alike. We are all amateur psychologists. We all want to know what makes us and other people
tick! However, our common sense understanding of how people think, feel and act is often misguided.
The self-referential nature of psychology has caused some people to believe that psychology is not a
science at all! This course will show you that psychology is a science, and that it encompasses the
collaborative efforts of scientists from many different disciplines. Psychology is the study of behaviour
and mental processes, and as psychologists we aim to describe, understand, predict, and sometimes
change behaviour. Psychologists study human behaviour and mental life from different perspectives
(i.e. biological, individual and social) and at different levels of analysis (from genes and the brain up to
the social and cultural level). We will consider what these different approaches have to offer in our
quest for an understanding of the human mind, the brain, and behaviour. Along the way, scientific
methods of psychological research will be introduced by addressing some of the main questions that
drive contemporary psychology: How do we experience fear or happiness? How do we (think we) see
the world around us? How do we learn, remember and forget things? Where should we draw the line
between normal and abnormal behaviour? How social are humans? When do people harm or help
others?
Literature
E-Readers.
Research practical, tutorial meetings and lectures.
Examination
Small research report, presentation and written exam.
SSC2004 Clinical Psychology
SSC2006 Developmental Psychology
SSC2019 Social Psychology
SSC2025 Memory
SSC2050 Psychology and the Law
SSC2063 The Psychology of Individual Differences: Personality and Intelligence
87
SSC1006 International Relations: Themes and Theories
Course coordinators
B. Erdogan (MA), Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
birsen.erdogan@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 1/5 5 Social Sciences
Prerequisite
Students cannot take this course in their first semester.
Objective
To provide students with an introduction to the many key issues of the main approaches in
International Relations.
This course will address several important issues that we all discuss in our daily lives like the foreign
policy of Great Powers, conflicts in the Middle East, democracy and the European Union, global
economic structure and the efficiency of international organisations. The course aims to introduce
students to the main themes of International Relations, such as international system, wars, power,
nuclear weapons, cooperation and international institutions.
The second part of the course covers neglected issues about the other side of world politics,
for instance environmental issues, the problems of the developing world, gendered-biases, economic
inequalities, the construction of partial knowledge, the legitimization of power politics, the
representation of images, establishment of stereotypes and the reproduction of hegemony. Rather
than discussing each issue or only practical cases, the course attempts to explain theories in order to
help students formulate their world view. Since theories are essential for understanding and
explaining the world, students will learn about the different theoretical paradigms and approaches
developed within the discipline of International Relations (IR). It is important in this course that
students become aware of the theoretical richness of the discipline, and that there is not a single
right way to answer questions about what is happening around us in the world (IR). Students will
learn about each IR theory in tutorial meetings. They are also given a chance to apply those theories
to different and more specific cases and issues. For this reason, this course is not only aiming at giving
theoretical insights to the students but also an opportunity to apply and use them. Case studies or
specific issues are provided by the course literature. In addition to this, in some tutorial meetings,
students will be asked to bring news items of their own choice from newspapers and news agencies.
Thus, the course is based on active student participation.
Literature
John Baylis, Steve Smith and Patricia Owens (eds), 6th Edition (2014), The Globalization of
World Politics. Oxford University Press.
E-Readers.
Examination
A written midterm exam and a final take-home exam. Students will also be graded by the news items
they bring to the tutorial meetings and by their participation.
SSC3002 European Foreign Policy
SSC3012 War in World Politics
SSC3036 American Foreign Policy
SSC3050 Foreign Policy Making
SSC3051 Contemporary Security Studies
88
SSC1007 Introduction to Law
Course coordinator
G. Arosemena, Faculty of Law, Human Rights,
gustavo.arosemena@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To introduce students to the basic areas of law (contracts, property, torts, criminal law,
international law etc.).
To familiarize students with the methods of legal reasoning.
To illustrate to students how law arises in response to social problem and how it is different
from other domains such as politics and morality.
This course aims to introduce students to the general content of modern law and to the discipline of
legal reasoning. These two go together. Law cannot be fully understood in abstraction of the
particular way that lawyers, judges and other expert operators of the legal system look at it. Coming
out of the course, students should be able to understand what law is and how it is different from (and
similar to) morality, identify the main branches of Law and their basic institutions, recognize and
differentiate the principal values underlying those branches and understand the nature of legal
reasoning and be able to apply it to legal problems.
It is often assumed that to study law means essentially to study the law of a particular
jurisdiction. A Dutch lawyer studies Dutch law and a German lawyer studies German law, and there is
little that they share beyond the name of their chosen profession. This picture is misleading. Despite
the fact that every country establishes its own legal system, there is much less diversity in law than
what one would imagine. A key theme of this course is that law arises naturally as a solution to
various social problems and, to the extent that human societies face the same problems, similar
responses appear almost everywhere. Even though details may vary, contract, property, inheritance,
marriage, constitutions and crimes exist in almost all modern societies. Instead of focusing on specific
sets of rules like the Dutch Civil Code, or the French Criminal Code, this course focuses on these
widely shared problems and widely shared institutional responses.
Literature
Jaap Hage & Bram Akkermans, Introduction to Law (Heidelberg: Springer 2014) [in press].
Tutorial group meetings and weekly lectures.
Examination
Written exam plus assignment.
SSC2024 International Law
SSC2034 International Trade Law, Trade and Development
SSC2060 Comparative Constitutional Law
SSC3030 European Institutions
89
SSC1009 Introduction to European Integration
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. M. Claes, Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
monica.claes@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To examine the development of Europen integration during the 20 century.
th
To examine the way Europe operates in the 21 century as well as discuss the problems and
st
challenges it faces.
This course studies the evolution of European integration from the late 1940s untill today. It first
seeks to explain and rationalize the birth of the European Communities in the 1950s, their slow
development in the 1960s and 1970s as well as the revival of the integration process from the mid
1980s. After having taken a close look at European integration in the East during the Coldwar time,
the course covers a chronological and detailed analysis of the Treaties of Maastricht, Amsterdam and
Nice, the death of the notorious European Constitution and the final adoption of the Treaty of Lisbon.
The course will enable students to develop their own views on whether the current European Union
can be labelled as a success or not, and to assess the numerous critical views expressed in the media
on the future development and direction of the European integration process.
Literature
E-Reader.
Examination
A written exam and a paper.
90
SSC1025 Introduction to Political Science
Course coordinator
Dr. R. Haar, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
roberta.haar@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Social Sciences
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To introduce students to the concepts, ideas and theoretical underpinnings which constitute
the study of government and politics.
To outline the scope of political science and its central themes.
To provide the intellectual skills necessary for coming to informed judgments about political
issues.
This course will be an introduction to a field of study that is often subdivided into five or
more disciplines. The subdivision list includes International Relations, Comparative Government,
Political Theory/Philosophy, Public Policy/Public Administration and finally a state-centric discipline
which depends on your country of origin (i.e. American Politics or Dutch Politics to name two).
The course will start with a simple examination of the meaning of the world politics. How
much of politics is really about solving distribution problems? In other words, a limited amount of
resources in society must be distributed in some equitable manner. After this initial discussion, the
course will move to consider the central themes of Macro politics, with particular emphasis on the
classification of political systems, political ideology and political authority.
Themes in Micro politics are addressed in the second half of the course. Micro politics refers
to the study of how individuals fit into their political system. Micro political topics will include
political socialization, political groups, elections, voting, political parties, party systems and political
leadership. The course ends with a look at system performance and how to bring about change in
political systems when performance is wanting.
To help students understand and relate to the political realm in which they exist, each
student is required to embark on an individual research paper about their country of origin. It is
hoped that this assignment will not only allow students to apply concepts learned in the course, but
also prompt them to expand their knowledge of how to use resource materials available via the
library.
Literature
Heywood, A. (2013). Politics, 4th edition. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave.
Examination
A final exam (consisting of multiple choice questions, true and false questions and essay questions)
and a research paper.
91
SSC1027 Principles of Economics
Course coordinator
To be announced, School of Business and Economics, Economics

Prerequisites
Knowledge of basic mathematical concepts such as solving equations, reading and working with
graphs, manipulating inequalities, and elementary calculus. Students who lack this knowledge are
advised to take SCI1010 Quantitative Reasoning first.
Objectives
Learn to think like an economist.
Introduction to fundamental economic principles, concepts, and models.
In four special discussion sessions, we will talk about topics such as income distribution,
behavioral economics, the question of whether Economics is a science or not, etc.
The undergraduate course Principles of Economics introduces key economic principles and concepts.
The following topics will be addressed in lectures and tutorials: supply and demand analysis,
monopoly, game theory, oligopoly, measuring macroeconomic activity, a simple model of the
economy in the long-run, an introduction to international economics.
Literature
Mankiw, N. G., and Taylor, M.P. (2011), Economics, 2 edition, South-Western Cengage
nd
Learning.
Examination
A written final exam, a paper and weekly multiple choice quizzes administered through EleUM.
SSC2038 International Macroeconomics
SSC2043 Development Economics
SSC2048 Intermediate Microeconomics
SSC3033 Economic Psychology
SSC3053 Corporate Finance: Behavioural Foundations
92
SSC2004 Clinical Psychology
Course coordinator

Prerequisite
SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology.
Objectives
To make students familiar with the most common psychiatric disorders; their clinical
pictures, diagnostic criteria, the ethiological theories and the empirical findings that either
support or refute the theories, current ways of treatment, and the effectiveness of the
therapies.
To give students a basic idea of what clinical interviews are and what it feels like to have a
psychiatric disorder by writing a patient role and playing that role.
To learn some of the basic clinical interview techniques.
The course Clinical Psychology is concerned with disturbed behavior. On the basis of case
descriptions, important clinical pictures of the different anxiety disorders, eating disorders,
addictions, mood disorders, somatoform disorders, psychotic disorders, and personality disorders are
examined.
The questions that will be raised continually during the course are: What is the clinical
picture? Where is the boundary between normal and abnormal? What causes such a disorder? And
what can be done about the disorder? As will be seen, there is a large gap between theory and
practice, between scientific thinking and clinical treatment. A number of different theoretical schools
will also be examined, and these schools explain/treat psychiatric disorders in keeping with their
favorite theory. The choice of theory/treatment in most cases is thus based on ideology and not
empirical findings, and the question is whether this situation is so desirable.
Literature
Barlow, D.H., & Durand, V. M. (2014). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrative Approach.
Cengage Learning, Stamford. (Basic textbook of SSC2004).
Various textbooks on clinical psychology (can be found in UM library and UCM Reading
Room).
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures, interviews and role-playing by students.
Examination
A final exam with a minimum of 6 open questions and a written patient role, dear colleague letter
and interview report.
93
SSC2006 Developmental Psychology
Course coordinator
Dr. H. Smit, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
h.smit@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
Objectives
To teach students what kind of changes underlie psychological development.
To teach students how children develop psychologically in perception, cognition, language,
personality and emotions from infancy to adolescence.
To teach students about developmental disorders such as autism and ADHD.
To provide students with knowledge on elementary biological processes that underlie
psychological development.
To provide students with knowledge about the learning processes that children have at their
disposal such as habituation and social learning.
The development of and changes in psychological functions from birth through adolescence are the
topic of this course. These changes will be illustrated with many empirical findings and explained by
some theoretical models. Such influential older theories as that of Piaget will be compared to more
recent information processing models of development. How does a child reason? How does a child
becomes faster and better in learning? How does a child succeed in developing from almost nothing
into an adult? How do children learn to perceive and to think (the so-called cognitive development) ?
In addition to these questions, attention will be paid to language development because it is
amazing to see how a newborn baby, who does not understand a word and cannot say anything,
learns to talk within a period of two or three years without, incidentally, the use of dictionaries or
grammar books. The social-emotional basis for later development will be explored. It concerns the
attachment relations to mothers and fathers. How do infants form attachments? Is attachment
important? Do our early attachments influence our later emotional development? Other social-
emotional topics are temperament and aggression. Not every development ends in a normal child.
The course will address deviant development too, such as disorders as autism and ADHD. When is an
active young boy normal and when do we say that he has ADHD?
Literature
To be announced.
Selected chapters and journal papers.
Examination
There is a midterm and final examination consisting of written essay questions.
94
SSC2008 Organization Theory
Course coordinator
Dr. A. van Iterson, School of Business and Economics, Organization and Strategy,
a.vaniterson@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide a birdseye view of organization theory from its historical roots to the main
contemporary issues and controversies.
To give students an insight into the most recent theoretical developments in organization
theory to bear on organizational management and professional practice.
Organization theory is a field of social science that has traditionally been occupied by various
disciplines. Economists, sociologists, (social) psychologists, political scientists and cultural
anthropologists all have entered the debate in explaining the role and functioning of organizations
and their members.
The course starts off with the fundamental question: Why study organizations? Why study theories
about organizations and organizing? Is there any immediate practical value to such studies? From
then on we deal with wide variety of topics such as basic organizational design configurations;
organizational culture; environmental contingencies; radical versus continuous change; the impact of
institutions; dispersed work arrangements; managing innovation in and between organizations;
managing learning and knowledge; and new organizational forms.
Literature
Academic journal articles, (business) press articles, case texts, etc,
Introductory lecture and tutorial group meetings: some of which PBL, some with students
facilitations.
Examination
Active participation in the tutorial sessions ;midterm paper; facilitation of one tutorial session, and
final written exam.
95
SSC2018 Advertising: Marketing Communications of Brands
Course coordinator
To be announced, School of Business and Economics, Department of Marketing and Supply Chain
Management

Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
SSC1027 Principles of Economics.
Objectives
To give students an introduction to the communication of brands to consumers. On the one hand a
strong theoretical foundation will be built by studying the textbook chapters and journal articles (E-
reader). On the other hand, we will continuously translate this theory to practice, by means of short
articles from the business press (E-reader), brief student presentations, and one larger group project.
Next to being instructive and interesting, this course can also be a lot of fun. We are confronted with
brands and advertising every single day, and it is challenging to explore the processes by which this is
done.
To have an in depth understanding of the theories concerning branding, marketing communication and
consumer behavior, and of the implications of these theories for marketing management. Skills that will
be developed/ enhanced during this course are: presentation skills, teamwork skills, writing skills,
analytical skills, reflection skills and creativity skills.
This course covers foundations of brand management and marketing communications (including advertising). The
course will take a strong consumer-based focus, therefore the foundation of branding and advertising in
consumer behavior and consumer psychology theories will be discussed. We will discuss theory that is at the
foundation of branding and advertising and then apply it through team assignments on students chosen brands.
The course consists of two parts: In the first 3,5 weeks we will deal with brand management and in the second
3,5 weeks we will focus on integrated marketing communications.
In the brand management part the nature of brands in consumers minds, the concept of brand equity and
instruments to build and leverage brands will be discussed. Furthermore, an individual paper is due that focuses
on the way that the internet and social media have influenced brand management.
In the integrated marketing communications part we will have a look at the concept of Integrated
Marketing Communications, the communication process and theories of consumer behavior and response. The
final assignment will require students to apply this knowledge to their chosen brand.
Literature
To be announced
This course consists of 13 tutorial group meetings. Most of the educational group meetings are structured as
follows:
In the first hour we will critically reflect on and discuss the literature for that meeting. We will explore
the theoretical concepts discussed in the articles and chapters and make sure that everyone understands the big
picture.
In the second hour, we will apply the studied literature to practice. The tutorial groups will be divided
into four teams, and each group will be responsible for a brand during the whole course. For most sessions there
is a small group assignment to be prepared by each team about the specific brand the team has chosen. In
essence it means using your brand to give a practical example of the literature. Furthermore there will be a
mid-term assessment in the form of a paper of maximum 8 pages, in which you will have to individually reflect on
the brand management topic we discussed in the first 3 weeks.
In week 7 there will be a final assessment in the form of a group presentation (an integrated
communications plan) about your brand and a proposed brand extension. Students assignment is to reflect on
the decision of extending the brand into the proposed category, to decide what the brand extension should look
like and to set up a launch plan for the brand extension (an IMC plan).
Examination
There is no final exam in this course. Examination consists of participation, the small team assignments that are
to be presented during the tutorial sessions, the mid-term individual paper and the final group assignment.
96
SSC2019 Social Psychology
Course coordinator
Dr. C. Martijn, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Clinical Psychological Science,
c.martijn@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
Objective
To provide an introduction to social psychology.
Social psychology studies cognitions, emotions and human behaviour especially determined by
interaction with other people. The course begins with a few of the classical themes from social
psychology: conformity, attitudes and attitude change, and cognitive dissonance. Furthermore,
themes like prejudices and stereotypes, aggression and persuasion will be considered. During the
course, students will translate social psychological theories into small-scale "real-life" studies. The
progress on the design of students' studies will be discussed during the practical meetings. This
Social Psychology in Action practical has a 100% attendance requirement.
Literature
Basic books:
Hewstone, M., Stroebe, W., & Jonas, K. (2015). An introduction to Social Psychology (6 Ed).
th
Chichester: Wiley. ISBN: 978-1-118-82353-8

Additional readings:
Dickerson, P. (2011). Social Psychology: Traditional and Critical Perspectives. Boston: Pearson
Education.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, Social Psychology in Action practical (2 meetings) and lectures.
Examination
A test with multiple choice and open questions during last week of the course and an individual
writing and presentation assignments during the course.
97
SSC2020 Infonomics
Course coordinator

Prerequisite
None.
Recommended
SSC1027 Principles of Economics or SCC2061 Statistics I.
Objective
To understand and analyze the markets of information goods.
An information good such as for instance a book or a software significantly differs from a
usual good, in the sense that it has a very high fixed cost for producing the first copy and a negligible
marginal cost for producing every additional copy. Thus, the tools of the standard microeconomic
analysis are often not sufficient for understanding the markets of such goods.
The aim of the course is to study markets of information goods, using game-theoretic
models. In practice, we will first focus on developing some analytical skills by reviewing standard
game-theoretic tools, such as Nash equilibrium, iterated elimination of strictly dominated strategies
and backward induction. Then, we will use these tools to model and analyze topics from the theory of
information goods, such as for instance versioning, bundling or lock-in.
The suggested though not necessary requirement for the course is to have a solid
background in microeconomics and mathematics at the level of the first-year courses offered by our
school. Though the course is demanding, it is structured in such a way that a student can be successful
by regularly attending the lectures and the tutorials. A rough estimate of the minimum self-study time
needed to pass the course is about 12 to 16 hours a week.
Literature
Shapiro, C., & Hal R. V. (1999). Information Rules: A Strategic Guide to the Network Economy.
Harvard Business School Press. (main textbook).
Perloff, J. (2009). Microeconomics, Pearson Educ. Inc., 5th Edition. (supplementary textbook).
Examination
Participation, problem sets, midterm exam, final exam.
98
SSC2022 Accounting and Accountability
Course coordinator
M. Henderikx (MSc), School of Business and Economics, Accounting and Information Management,
m.henderikx@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To give students the ability to apply basic bookkeeping (making journal entries and preparing
basic financial statements) and management accounting techniques (e.g. cost analysis, cost
behavior).
To provide an understanding of international accounting rules and principles.
To provide an understanding of the basics of related fields like corporate governance,
auditing and management control.
Accounting is usually studied from a financial point of view. This conventional view sees accounting as
identifying, measuring and communicating financial information to enable informed judgments and
decisions by the users of information. From this financial perspective, accounting is mainly split into
two complementary fields: financial accounting and management accounting.
In financial accounting the external use of accounting information is discussed. The most
important outcome of the financial reporting process is the annual report, containing the firms
financial statements. During the course students will learn essential bookkeeping techniques, that is,
how to make the necessary journal entries and prepare basic financial statements. Furthermore, the
underlying principles of financial accounting rules will be studied.
In discussing the subject of management accounting, which has an internal focus (aimed at
managers), the course will concentrate on the value of management accounting information for the
internal decision-making process. In general, the purpose of management accounting is to facilitate
(e.g., cost calculations) and influence decision-making (e.g., performance evaluation).
This course is however not bound by this (narrow) financial framework. It acknowledges that
accounting is gradually evolving from an entirely financially oriented discipline to one that also studies
non-financial information, including contemporary concepts such as corporate governance and
corporate social responsibility. As such, it discusses accounting within a broader framework,
extending the notion of accounting to a societal phenomenon. In this respect we will also discuss the
role accounting has possibly played in the recent financial crisis.
A topic of special importance in accounting and accountability nowadays is corporate
governance. In essence, corporate governance deals with the relationships between a companys
management, its board of directors, shareholders and other stakeholders. Specifically, the course will
discuss some major important accounting scandals (Enron, WorldCom) and the role corporate
governance played in these scandals.
Literature
Bhimani, A., C.T. Horngren, S.M. Datar, G. Foster (2008). Management and Cost Accounting,
Prentice-Hall, 5th edition.
Harrison, W.T., C.T. Horngren, C.W. Thomas & T. Suwardy (2010). Financial Accounting
International Financial Reporting Standards, Pearson, 8th edition/global edition.
Selected chapters from other text books.
Research articles available on EleUM.
Examination
The final grade consists of the following assessments: a group presentation, individual class
participation, a midterm exam and a final written exam, both consisting of open questions.
99
SSC2024 International Law
Course coordinator
Dr. I. Westendorp, Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
i.westendorp@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SSC1007 Introduction to Law or another law course.
Objective
To provide a broad and general insight in the basic concepts of international public law and
the dynamics of international law in the last few decades.
In particular since World War II international law has been subject to considerable change, both in
scope and in content. The number of State actors has grown as the result of the process of
decolonization. A large number of international organizations and institutions have emerged as
subjects of international law, and also individuals have international legal personality to some extent.
Transnational corporations increasingly constitute an important economic power factor in
international relations. The need for international cooperation became progressively evident in order
to maintain international peace and security, to promote economic and social development, to
safeguard the environment and to uphold human dignity.
The course focuses on some of the more traditional issues of international law as well as on
some new developments. The topics are: the changing nature and enforceability of international law,
subjects and sources of international law including the law of treaties, recognition, territory, human
rights, the law of the sea, State responsibility, international environmental law, peaceful settlement
of disputes, and the use of force.
One session will be in the form of a moot court on an international environmental law case
for which students will prepare by writing a (short) memorandum of pleading. Both the paper and the
oral pleading are part of the mid-term examination.
Literature
Shaw, Malcolm. International Law. (last ed.). Cambridge University Press.
TMC Asser Institute (last ed.), Elementary International Law (Elementair Internationaal
Recht), TMC Asser Press.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and a moot court session.
Examination
Writing a memorandum of pleading and holding an oral pleading in a moot court setting.
A final written exam consisting of a case with essay questions.
SSC3049 Human Rights
100
SSC2025 Memory
Course coordinator
Dr. V. van de Ven, Faculty of Psychology and Neuroscience, Cognitive Neuroscience,
v.vandeven@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
Objectives
To help students acquire knowledge of recent as well as classic theories in the field of
memory acquisition, consolidation and retrieval, for short- and long-term declarative
memory.
To provide knowledge of the principles of forgetting, reconstructive processes and false
memories.
To provide knowledge about the biological basis of memory acquisition, storage and
retrieval.
To familiarize students with relevant basic brain anatomy.
To provide experience with common experimental designs in memory research.
In our everyday cognitive functions we rely heavily on multiple types of memory. This includes
seemingly trivial actions, such as remembering your grocery shopping list, to navigate through
Maastricht, and to have a sense of your own identity. How are memories formed and maintained in
our mind and brain? Do we have multiple memory systems, or just one memory mechanism from
which the richness of memory is derived? What happens if our memory fails us, when we forget or
when we remember falsely? This course investigates the cognitive correlates (information processing)
and neurobiological mechanisms of declarative, or explicit memory. We will discuss a number of
cognitive models, including Baddeleys Working Memory model, the Modal model, and interference
theory in forgetting. In addition, we will discuss the role of long-term potentiation (LTP) in memory,
research for which Prof. Eric Kandel received the Nobel prize in 2000, as well as how different brain
areas contribute to memory.
Throughout the course, we will discuss relevant methodological issues regarding memory
research. Importantly, please be aware that brain anatomy and function are an important part of this
course; an interest in and understanding of these fields at the level of Introduction to Psychology or
higher is highly recommended. In addition to the tutorial meetings, students will complete a practical
and paper assignment in which memory performance of real subjects is assessed.
Literature
Baddeley A, Eysenck MW & Anderson MC (2009). Memory. Psychology Press: UK
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, practical meeting, and lectures. During the practical meeting, a number of
memory tests will be studied. Students are required to test several subjects (e.g. friends, family,
fellow students) and write a report on their findings.
Examination
Assessment will be based on a practical report and a final exam.
101
Course coordinator
Dr. S. Hardt, LL.M, Faculty of Law, Public Law,
sascha.hardt@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology) or SSC1007 Introduction to Law.
Objectives
To study law as a social phenomenon and discuss several theoretical approaches to law and
society.
To examine a variety of legal processes, such as conflict resolution, lawmaking, social control
and change, and to seek to understand how they function empirically.
Legal scholars generally focus their attention on the law as it appears in books. They look at formal
manifestations of the law, such as constitutions, statutes, legal rulings and court structures. While this
is certainly an important aspect of studying law, we would miss quite a lot if we limited our attention
to the formal structures of law, and ignored the larger society in which law functions. While law in
action bears some resemblance to law in books, law as a social phenomenon is often far more
complex than is apparent from the formal manifestations of law alone. This course looks at the law in
action: it studies law as a social phenomenon. Only when we understand how the major elements of a
legal system function together in a specific social context, can we really understand how law affects
society and how society in turn shapes law.
The first part of the course will introduce the sociological study of law. We will give an
overview of the field, discuss several prominent theoretical approaches and examine various methods
of researching socio-legal questions. The second part of the course will examine several legal
processes in detail, using the tools that were developed in the first half of the course. In particular, we
will look at the organization of law, the making of law, law as a means of social control, dispute
resolution and law as a means of social change.
Literature
Sutton, J.R. (2001) Law/Society: Origins, Interactions, and Change. Pine Forge Press,
Thousand Oaks - London.
A number of articles, available on EleUM.
Examination
A midterm exam which will consist of open-ended essay questions on the theories studied and how
they can be used to construct explanation and a research paper on a socio-legal topic.
102
SSC2028 Classical Sociology
Course coordinator
Dr. K. Heidemann, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
kai.heidemann@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology).
Recommended
The course coordinator advizes students who are still in their first semester not to take this course.
Objectives
To become conversant in the theoretical foundations of classical sociology.
To evaluate and assess these theories in a constructive manner.
To compare and contrast social theories in a critical fashion.
To be able to apply these theories to the study of contemporary society.
To understand the socio-historical context from which these theories emerged.
To reflect on the relevance and utility of social theory more generally.
This course is part one of a sequence of courses tracing back through the historical development of
sociological theory. We will engage with the works of early theorists such as Auguste Comte, Emile
Durkheim, Karl Marx, Max Weber, and George Simmel. Some of the basic lines of inquiry we will
pursue include: What were the big questions driving the formation classical sociology? Are these
questions still relevant today? What is the basis of social order and structure? How and why do
societies change? What are the causes and consequences of conflict in society? What place does the
individual hold in the study of society? Throughout the course, we will read original materials
accompanied some contemporary interpretations of the classics. This is an essentail course for
students interested in the foundations of sociology and the social sciences more broadly.
Literature
Understanding Classical Sociology (2003) Hughs, J. Sharrock, W. and Martin, P. [eds] Sage:
London
Selection of E-Readers.
Examination
Presentation, chairing a tutorial and final take-home exam.
SSC3040 Identities
103
SSC2034 International Trade Law: Globalization, Trade and Development
Course coordinator
Dr. I. Alexovicov, Faculty of Law, Department of International and European Law,
i.alexovicova@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least one 200 level law course.
Objective
To gain a better understanding of the World Trade Organization and its basic legal
framework.
This introductory course on World Trade Organization (WTO) law and policy deals with the main
institutional and substantive aspects of the law and policy of the WTO. The course is built
around a number of true-to-life international trade problems represented in the form of weekly
case studies.
The course addresses six themes. It starts by examining the phenomenon of economic
globalization and, the arguments for and against free trade, as well as the role of law in
international economic and trade relations. Secondly, it looks at the history, objectives,
structure, functions, decision-making and membership of the WTO. Thirdly, the WTO's unique
system for the resolution of trade disputes is discussed. Fourthly, the principles of non-
discrimination in WTO law (namely the obligations of most-favoured-nation treatment and
national treatment) are examined. Fifthly, the WTO rules on market access, dealing with tariff
barriers and some non-tariff barriers to trade in goods and services are addressed. Finally, the
provisions of WTO law that aim to balance trade liberalization with other societal values (such as
health, environment, development and regional integration) by means of exceptions to WTO
obligations are discussed.
Literature
Van den Bossche, P., The Law and Policy of the World Trade Organization: Text, Cases and
Materials, Third edition (Cambridge University Press, 2013), selected chapters and/or
sections only.
The Legal Texts - The Results of the Uruguay Round of Multilateral Trade Negotiations
(Cambridge University Press, 1999, reprinted 2007). The relevant WTO legal texts can also be
found on the WTO website.
The course consists of two mandatory tutorial meetings per week and a number of
recommended lectures. The lecturers deal with selected topics covered by the course and are
usually either conducted by a visiting lecturer or take the form of recorded lectures available to
students on Eleum. The tutorial meetings, held twice a week, are dedicated to detailed
discussion of case studies that address problems covered by the relevant theme and are
prepared by students beforehand in writing.
Examination
Written assignments submitted during the course and a final written exam.
104
SSC2036 Introduction to Business Administration
Course coordinator
Dr. P. Bollen, School of Business and Economics, Organization and Strategy,
p.bollen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objective
To introduce students to topics in business administration. In addition, the course prepares
students for courses in marketing, organization, finance, strategy, supply chain management
and accounting.
The science of economics is broadly divided into two majors: Economics and Business administration.
Business administration studies economic problems within the firm and relates to problems in the
fields of marketing and logistics, finance, accounting and information management and organization
and strategy. Business administration aims to provide an integrated view of all the various (sub)
disciplines. This course introduces students in the various topics that are related to business
administration so that students have basic knowledge for the more specialized courses in marketing,
organization, finance, strategy, supply chain management and accounting. The integration of the
knowledge on these topics will take place in the 2nd half of the course when 10 rounds of the global
business game (GBG) will be played.
Literature
Griffin and Pustay, International Business, 8th edition, Pearson, ISBN: 978-0133506297.
(2014).
Course material on the Global Business Game (for which you must purchase an individual
licence).
Tutorial group meetings, team work and lectures.
Examination
A midterm test, individual presentations, tutorial group participation, participation and ranking in the
global business game.
105
SSC2037 Conflict Resolution
Course coordinators
B. Erdogan (MA), Faculty of Law, International and European Law, International Relations,

Prerequisites
At least two 200-level courses in Humanities or Social Sciences.
Objectives
To survey the theory and practice of conflict resolution and current issues in conflict studies
related to causes of communal violence, economic and environmental causes of conflicts,
third-party intervention and reconciliation.
To learn different ways of conceptualizing conflict and peace processes from conflict onset,
conflict duration, conflict type and conflict intensity to conflict escalation/de-escalation,
conflict termination, and negative and positive peace.
To study characteristics of the different stages of preventing, containing and ending violent
conflict.
In this course we will focus on contemporary conflict resolution. The course will cover many issues
related to the theories of Conflict Resolution, reasons of conflicts, prevention of conflicts (issues of
early warning and early action), halting and ending ongoing violent conflicts, and the role and forms of
mediation. We will explore the role that the United Nations plays in conflict resolution, concepts like
Peacekeeping and Responsibility to Protect, and strategies of building peace and transforming
societies to reconcile their differences.
Literature
E-reader articles.
Tutorial group meetings and lectures (Attendance is mandatory).
Examination
There will be special debate sessions in this course about controversial issues such as Responsibility to
Protect. Students will be assessed by their performances in the debates and by their position papers
submitted after the debate. The participation in the tutorials will be taken into account in the
assessment. At the end students will be tested in a final paper.
106
SSC2038 International Macroeconomics
Course coordinator
Dr. M. Capasso, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
m.capasso@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1027 Principles of Economics. Knowledge of basic mathematical concepts such as solving
equations, reading and working with graphs is a prerequisite. Students who do not have the
prerequisites are welcome in the course, but they may have to work harder.
Objectives
To introduce students to international (macro)economics, with an emphasis on theory and
policy.
To provide students with the tools required to understand coverage of macroeconomic
issues in the popular discourse.
This course provides a detailed insight into global economic issues. The course starts with an analysis
of the determination of exchange rates. After this, the course addresses a number of issues in open
macroeconomics, including the working of monetary and fiscal policy, and the economics of the euro.
This background will be used to discuss and to critically evaluate current developments in the world
economy, such as the current crisis, globalization, monetary and fiscal policy in the euro zone and
whether China should appreciate its yuan or not.
Literature
Feenstra, R.C. and A.M. Taylor, International Macroeconomics, Worth, 3 , 2014.
rd
Examination
Participation, a small project and a final written exam.
107
SSC2039 History of Political Thought
Course coordinator
Dr. T. Dekker, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
teun.dekker@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 5 Social Sciences & Humanities
Prerequisite
COR1004 Political Philosophy.
Recommended
Objectives
To provide students with a basic grasp of the evolution of political thought in the Western
tradition.
To show students how to study historical works of philosophy.
To identify how issues and questions in contemporary politics and contemporary political
thought have their roots in historical writings.
When considering modern political issues it is often instructive, and sometimes humbling, to realize
that many such issues have deep historical roots. For as long as human beings have been living
together in societies, questions concerning how these societies should be organized have been asked.
The answers that historical writers have given to these questions are still relevant today and still
inform current political thought. By investigating the questions philosophers were grappling with and
how they sought to answer them, we may perceive more acutely the questions facing our societies
and discover how we might answer those questions.
We will study important texts by 8 seminal political thinkers from several periods in history:
Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke Rousseau, Smith and Hegel. Our aim will be to understand
the particular problems they were seeking to solve and how or whether they did so. Although the
main texts we will use are historic, the methods we will use are analytic. We will also read several
modern texts which take up themes from these historical texts, but these modern texts are strictly
supplementary. By applying the tools acquired in Political Philosophy (COR1004) to these texts, we
will be able to come to terms with them and apply historical insight to current issues.
Literature
Cahn, S. (2005/2011). Political Philosophy. OUP, Oxford. (Both the 1 and 2 editions are
st nd
acceptable.
Several pieces of modern secondary literature in E-Readers available on EleUM.
Instructional Format
Examination
Two take-home exams with open-ended essay questions.
108
SSC2042 Rights of the Child
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. J.C.M. Willems, Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
j.willems@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide an introduction to interdisciplinary concepts essential to the study of childrens
rights (human rights and psychology).
To provide an introduction to the convention on the Rights of the Child (content,
interpretation, implementation and monitoring).
This course is about love and Geneva. That is, about a childs right to love and guidance, and its many
and multidisciplinary ramifications, and how that right is monitored by the Geneva-based treaty body
of the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC, UN 1989). The main focus of this course is on the
importance of pregnancy and infancy for human development and for the prevention of violence,
poverty, crime and welfare dependency. The course attempts to link multidisciplinary knowledge in
this field to responsibilities of states, parents, professionals, and civil society on the basis of the CRC.
Human development refers to building human capabilities and expanding other-responsiveness from
pre-birth until death. This implies new debates on eliminating transgenerational deprivation,
preventing child maltreatment, and promoting mental health, attachment security and responsive
parenting. Childrens rights may thus revolutionize human rights law and thinking as womens rights
have in the past.
The CRC is a near-universal international pledge to care for and educate all our children.
Childrens rights in the CRC may be defined as state obligations to ensure that both private and public
actors meet their responsibilities regarding the holistic development of children. This requires
transparency in law and policy as well as the participation, responsibilization and empowerment of
both parents and children. A key concept regarding holistic development is positive parenting in the
best interests of the child. These and several other interdisciplinary concepts, related state
obligations and fundamental critiques will be discussed throughout the course.
Childrens rights are violated on a large scale in both rich and poor states at enormous
human, social and economic costs. However, in spite of all the denialism surrounding child
maltreatment, there are some hopeful developments in international law towards shifting the
paradigm from traditional Child Protection (which is not protecting the vast majority of abused
children in the Western world) towards child rights based Prepared Parenthood.
Literature
Grille, Robin. Parenting for a Peaceful World. Richmond: The Childrens Project, 2008;
Westman, Jack C. Parent Power. North Charleston, SC/Leipzig: Amazon 2013;
(Optional:) Gitta Jacob, Hannie van Genderen, Laura Seebauer. Breaking Negative Thinking
Patterns. Wiley Blackwell, 2015.
Tutorial group meetings, devoted to problem based tasks and discussion of assignments.
Examination
Final exam (take home) and paper (2.000 words monitoring assignment).
109
SSC2043 Development Economics
Course coordinators
Dr. T. Ziesemer, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
t.ziesemer@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SSC1027 Principles of Economics. Knowledge of basic quantitative concepts such as reading and
working with graphs and simple equations is a prerequisite. Students who do not have the
prerequisites are welcome in the course, but they may have to work harder.
Objectives
To provide participants with an overview of major economic concepts and policies in
development issues, such as growth and population dynamics, education, aid, trade and
debt.
To deliver the skills needed to consider development problems and approach them in a
rigorous and critical way, using both economic theories and policy analysis.
The long-run development and international economic relations of developing countries are chosen
as the major topic of this course. The long-run growth part deals with growth, population, education,
health, savings, investment and productivity. The international relations part relates growth to
migration, aid, foreign debt including financial crises, and international trade including natural
resources, terms of trade, trade policy and development strategies.
Each group of 3 or 4 students will study one country in order to start learning application of data to
the literature.
Literature
Perkins, D.H., S. Radelet, D.L. Lindauer, S.A. Block Economics of Development (7 ed.).
th
Norton, New York and London, 2013.

Other reading materials will be indicated during the course.
Tutorial group meetings and student presentations.
Examination
The final grade will be based on class participation including presentation and a final examination.
110
SSC2046 Globalization and Inequality
Course coordinator
Dr. K. Haagsman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Technology and Society Studies,
r.haagsman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 5 Social Sciences & Humanities
Prerequisites
None.
Objectives
To understand and analyze issues of globalization and inequality from several disciplinary
perspectives.
To connect issues of globalization, inequality, poverty and development.
To understand theories, concepts and historical roots of global social, political and economic
inequality.
To gain knowledge of the main global and international actors and networks in the field of
development, including their aim, impact and effectiveness.
To gain knowledge about contemporary issues in development and the developing world, in
particular:
o Democratization, human rights and development
o Health and development
o Global Migration and remittances
o Food security, natural resources and global crises
To analyze changes in 21st century geopolitical perspectives with regards to development,
including the growing impact of the BRICS countries.
To obtain insight in the relations between the various global crises and recent development
policies.
To discuss future development scenarios.
This course critically focuses on structural issues of development on a global scale. Globalization
refers to the increasing interdependence of markets, states and civil societies and the resulting
effects on people and their environment. By also focusing on inequality, the structural differentiation
among actors in terms of access to means, opportunities and resources, issues of (re-)distribution are
taken into account as well. The course investigates inequalities and interdependencies on a global,
international, national and local level, while considering the role of public, private and civil society
actors. Thus, it aims to understand the underlying development processes and unlock the ongoing
debates. The course focuses on the following themes: globalization and development: the Millennium
Development goals; a History of Inequality; the agencies of development; democratization, human
rights and development; health and development; Global Migration and remittances; and food
security, natural resources and global crises.
Literature
Course book : Provisionally; another edition might be available in August.2015 : Greig, A.,
Hulme, D., & Turner, M. (2007). Challenging Global Inequality; Development Theory and
st
Practice in the 21 Century. Houndmills: Palgrave MacMillan.
Relevant academic articles, reports, book chapters and websites.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures, group work and presentations.
Examination
Presentations, a group paper and a take-home exam.
SSC3047 Urban Development & Poverty in the 21st Century
111
SSC2048 Intermediate Microeconomics
Course coordinator
Dr. K. Thomsson, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
k.thomsson@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1027 Principles of Economics.
Recommended
SSC2061 Statistics I.
Students taking this course should be prepared to use and manipulate basic mathematical
expressions. A good knowledge of the analysis of common functions and their derivatives will be an
asset for the course.
Objectives
To introduce students to the basics of microeconomic theory.
To acquire skills in applying its analytical tools to real-life economic problems.
Economics is the study of exchange and tradeoffs. Qoestions about what to buy, what to produce and
how to allocate time all involve tradeoffs between different alternatives, and economists develop
models to better understand the process by which individuals and firms make such decisions. With
these models in hand, economists can then develop criteria by which to judge the efficiency and
effectiveness of market structures, policies and institutions.
This course is a first introduction to microeconomics. It will present an overview of the basic
models that constitute the foundations of modern economics. We will build the theory of the
consumer and the producer from the bottom up to create models of market behavior. The goal is not
to offer a complete description of the world as it exists; rather, we will seek to simplify reality with the
goal of providing a concise description of a broad class of real-world circumstances.
As we progress we will touch on examples of theory theory in applied settings to highlight
and discuss how these models characterize much of the economic behavior we observe in the real
world. After developing models of the market as a whole, well explore extensions of the theory to
the strategic behavior of firms and individuals. The theory of strategic behavior will then be used to
analyze, among other things, competition policy, environmental policy and political competiton
between parties.
Literature
Varian H. Intermediate Microeconomics. (9th ed.). W. W. Norton & Company.
There will be two regular, weekly tutorial group meetings supplemented by a number of lectures. The
first lecture will introduce the course organization and content, and review the relevant mathematical
background necessary to follow the course.
Examination
Participation grade, writing asignment and a final exam.
SSC2052 Public Finance
112
SSC2050 Psychology and Law
Course coordinator
Dr. J. Schell-Leugers, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
jenny.schell@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
Recommended
SSC1007 Introduction to Law and/or an interest in Law.
Objectives
The aim of this course is to provide psychology (but also law) students interested in psychology & law
with an introduction to topics for this field:
to gain a general impression of the topics that are within the scope of psychology & law and
have knowledge regarding current issues and controversies in PsychLaw research.
to be able to give descriptions of methods typically used and experimental work done in
these disciplines.
to have insights into the problems that arise when psychology is applied to law in practice.
This course focuses on applications of psychology to the legal system. It will provide students with
insights and knowledge about typical themes from the PsychLaw domain. Such themes range from
how reliable eyewitness testimonies in court are to whether criminals have a brain dysfunction
making them permanently dangerous to society, to the role of experts in court. The role of
psychologists within these themes is to ask questions that have a direct relevance to the legal arena
and to conduct research to address these questions.
Drawing from areas of social, cognitive, developmental, clinical and neuropsychology this
course will deal with questions such as: Why do people commit crimes? Are children more susceptible
to suggestion than adults? What is an expert witness? How reliable are different kinds of evidence
(eyewitness testimonies, confessions etc.)? Are all criminals competent to stand trial? etc.
A number of controversies will also be discussed including the practice of police
interrogations, the insanity defense, and the role of psychologists in court and the use of polygraph as
a lie-detector test.
Literature
Book: To be announced.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings and (guest) lectures.
Examination
Assessment is based on participation in class, a written assignment and a final exam at the end of the
course.
113
SSC2052 Public Finance
Course coordinator
B. Can, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
b.can@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SSC2048 Intermediate Microeconomics, Basic Calculus (differentiation).
Objectives
To provide a basic knowledge of the functioning and the economic significance of the public
sector, with an emphasis on international issues.
To be able to reflect and recognize the strength but also some of the limitations of traditional
economic theory.
To be able to critically assess political and economic discussions pertaining to the public
sector.
Public Economics (or Public Finance) deals with the formulation, execution and effects of government
policy, or more generally with non-market mediated policies. Government and government-like
organisations differ from other organisations because they can use legal coercion as a means for the
realisation of their aims. The typical allocation mechanism for scarce resources in markets is the price
mechanism, which - under particular circumstances - aggregates information and preferences of many
different individuals in an efficient way. In many instances, however, the necessary requirements for
efficient market solutions to the resource allocation problem are not given. This is where the public
sector comes into play. When the price mechanism is not available or does not yield an efficient or
otherwise desirable solution to an allocation problem other mechanisms for aggregating information
and references are needed to allocate scarce resources and coordinate economic and social
behaviour.
This course provides basic knowledge of the functioning and the economic significance of the
public sector with an emphasis on international aspects. Some of the topics to be dealt with in the
course are: governmental decision-making on the national and international level, role and
management of the state in times of globalisation and transnational threats like global warming and
international terrorism, important issues pertaining to government expenditure, taxation, and other
activities (like public goods, international institutions, education, social security, health care), and
mechanisms of political influence (elections and lobbying). These issues will be analysed from a
normative - welfare economic - as well as from a positive - explanatory - perspective, with emphasis
on the relevance and limitation of traditional economic theory.
Literature
Rosen, H. S., & Gayer, T. (2014). Public finance. McGraw Hill, New York.
Examination
Active participation, presentation and final exam.
114
SSC2053 Public Health Policymaking
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. D. Ruwaard, MD, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences
d.ruwaard@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To make students familiar with basic issues in public health.
To make students familiar with basic issues in public policymaking.
To make students familiar with basic issues in public policymaking on public health.
Students will become familiar with the following topics in public health: the epidemiology of mortality
and disease; the determinants of health; the ageing of society and its implications for medical care;
the unequal distribution of health; moral issues in public health; the economics of public health;
health systems analysis; public health genomics; markets and public health; public health disasters.
Students will become familiar with the following topics in public policymaking: the various
components of public policy (values, objectives, instruments, policy paradigm); the concept of the
policy cycle (problem recognition and definition, agenda building, policy formation, policy
implementation, policy evaluation and feedback); theoretical approaches of public policy making
(rational model, political model, institutionalist model); stakeholder and policy community analysis;
types of state-society relationships (elitist model, pluralist model, corporatist model, regulatory
agency model, communitarian model); the role of power in public policymaking.
Regarding the third objective, students will learn to combine the knowledge gained under
the first and second objective. Concretely, they learn to understand the implications of public health
issues for public policymaking (e.g. how can we effectively tackle the problem of overweight/obesity
or the problem of the unequal distribution of health? Which moral issues arise in public
policymaking?) and, conversely, the implications of the structure and process of public policymaking
for addressing public health issues (e.g. how are public health issues defined? Who dominates the
agenda building process? What are the implications of the rational, political and institutionalist model
for public health policymaking? What about the role of the state and society in public health
policymaking? What are the specific characteristics of public policymaking in case of public health
disasters?)
Literature
To be announced
Examination:
A paper, a presentation and a written test.
115
Course coordinator
Dr. C. Costa, School of Business and Economics, Maastricht Centre for Entrepreneurship,
c.dorosariocosta@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology or SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology)
or SSC1027 Principles of Economics.
Objectives
To provide an understanding of the how, where, when, whom and why of entrepreneurial initiative.
However, our ambitions go beyond helping you to learn, we also want you to feel (more) empowered
to engage in the entrepreneurial process itself:
You are able to explain and illustrate the unique qualities of the entrepreneurial process.
You are able to explain and illustrate the unique qualities of entrepreneurs.
You are able to explain how entrepreneurial opportunities are discovered and created.
You are able to explain how entrepreneurs select their opportunities.
You are able to explain how entrepreneurs link value creation to value appropriation.
Not many will contest the societal impact of enterprising individuals and entrepreneurial ventures on
our economies. Entrepreneurs may start-up companies that challenge (and often replace)
incumbents. In the process, they create new jobs and apply competitive pressure on established
firms. Entrepreneurs supposedly have an important direct and indirect effect on driving innovation.
Despite the heroic image of successful entrepreneurs, entrepreneurship is much more about failure
than about success. What motivates entrepreneurial types to venture of on a path that (at least
statistically) will result in failure? Are they nave, or are they stupid.
In this course you will study factors that drive entrepreneurs and the entrepreneurial
process. We will focus on new venture gestation: the initial stages of the process that may result in a
new company to emerge. Throughout the course you will explore how entrepreneurs not only rely on
generic business management principles, but also how they cope with the uncertainty, risk, scarcity of
time, capital and other resources that is inherent to all entrepreneurial venturing. Perhaps you will
conclude that many entrepreneurs are in fact not really good managers (good entrepreneurs will
compensate for this by hiring better managers).
We start the course by explore the process dynamics of entrepreneurial activity. We then will
explore the origins of entrepreneurial opportunity, review how entrepreneurs screen and develop the
opportunities that they discover, and you will unravel how entrepreneurs seek to appropriate the
returns from their enterprising behaviour.
This is not a how-to course, instead the course will introduce you to relevant scholarly
insights that provide (future) entrepreneurs, an evidence base for entrepreneurial action.
Literature
Each student is to select and read a published biography of an entrepreneur.
E-Readers with papers & Reader with cases (You need to pay for your cases, approx. 20).
Shane, S. A. 2002. The foundations of entrepreneurship. Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar
Pub. (suggested).
Case lectures and tutorial group meetings. In the tutorial group meetings you explore the literature. In
the case lectures you will explore how the scholarly insights can be used to inform the practice of
(ambitious) entrepreneurship. The biography project invites you to link your learning to the life
history of an entrepreneur.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on 1) a take-home midterm test, consisting of open questions; 2)
class participation; and 3) the biography paper.
116
SSC2058 Sex, Sexuality and Society
Course coordinator
Dr. A. Swinnen, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Literature & Art.

Prerequisites
HUM1003 Cultural Studies I or another relevant course.
Objectives
To acquaint students with the central approaches, main theories, and leading trends in
sexuality studies within the social sciences and the humanities.
To teach students how these approaches are applied to analyze the relations between sex,
sexuality and contemporary society.
To provide students with the analytical skills to develop their own analysis of sexuality
through written and oral modes of communication.
Sexuality is often considered as a natural fact, a process hardwired in male and female bodies and in
physical sexual desires, a matter of bodies and brains, genes and hormones. At the same time, sex is a
social practice: sexuality is connected to social institutions, sexual health and sexual policy, while
sexual differences, in turn, are at the core of the organization of every society. Finally, as a set of acts
and desires, sex is thought to be something private and personal, and is often experienced as a highly
intimate part of life. This course examines the ways in which sex in its broadest sense operates on
biological, social, and personal levels. Introducing students to the central approaches in sexuality
studies, the course analyzes sex, sexuality, and society across a range of contemporary cases and
topical debates within the social sciences and the humanities.
During this course, we will approach sexuality from the perspective of sexual joy (the art of
lovemaking, forms of sexual bliss) as well as sexual misery (sexual diseases, inequality or violence). A
variety of case studies - ranging from sexual health and HIV/AIDS prevention to the globalization of
sexuality, sex and aging, and LGBTQ activism - serves to trace the diverse ways in which sex operates
in contemporary society. In addition, we will examine the interplay between sex and science in
twentieth-century studies of sexual behavior, as well as contemporary neuroscientific research on the
male and female brain or the elusive gay gene. We will not take any natural fact at face value,
however, not only because sex research is a social practice in itself, but also because sexuality is
continuously co-shaped by social norms of gender, ethnicity, age, and class. Natural sex turns out to
be a minefield of physical facts and social rules that are in constant flux. Because sexual bodies,
desires, practices, and identities are natural and cultural, personal and social, we will take an
interdisciplinary theoretical approach to examine the complexity of what we simply call sex.
Literature
E-reader
Rebecca M. Jordan-Young. Brain Storm: The Flaws in the Science of Sex Differences. 2010,
Harvard University Press.
Tutorial group meetings, films and lectures.
Examination
Mid-term take home exam. Format of final exam to be announced.
117
SSC2059 Social Movements
Course coordinator

Prerequisite
SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology).
Objective
To become conversant in the major questions driving social movement research.
To become conversant in the key theories and concepts driving social movement research.
To become conversant in the primary methods driving social movement research.
To evaluate and assess social movement research in a critical and constructive manner.
To design a case study and initiate an original empirical study of social movements.
To reflect on the relevance and utility of studying social movements.
This course is designed to introduce students to the sociological study of social movements. An
overview of the field will be provided by identifying key concepts, theories and methods through
examination of a variety of case studies. Salient themes addressed will include: democracy, identity,
globalization, civil rights, environmentalism, gender, sexuality, class and ethnicity/race. While much
attention will be placed on social movements within Europe and North America, a global-comparative
perspective will be periodically emphasized. The over-arching goal of the course will be to reveal the
ways in which social movements work to both produce and resist social change. Some of the main
questions addressed in the course will be: What is a social movement? Why do people join social
movements? How do movements gain/lose momentum? What is the relationship between social
movements and democracy? And, under what conditions do social movements 'succeed'?
Literature
E-Readers.
Examination
Final take home exam, Presentation and Chairing a tutorial.
SSC3040 Identities
118
Course coordinator
Dr. S. Hardt LL.M, Faculty of Law, Public Law,
Sascha.hardt@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1007 Introduction to Law or SSC1009 Introduction to European Integration or SSC1025
Introduction to Political Science.
Objectives
To get students acquinted with the political and constitutional systems of a number of
European countries and the United States.
To introduce students to the overarching concepts of consitutional law.
In this course, we study basic concepts of constitutional law. Particular attention is devoted to: the
functioning of a state, different systems of government and the concept and application of the
principle of separation of powers.
Furthermore, different electoral systems and different mechanisms governing the relations
between the executive and legislative branches of government will be discussed. The issues of
federalism and bicameralism will be analysed. Finally, the rules governing constitutional review will
be discussed, together with the issue of fundamental rights protection. These themes will be
addressed with regard to the American, German, French, British and Dutch legal systems.
Literature
S. Hardt and A.W. Heringa, eds. (2014), Sources of Constitutional Law, Antwerp/Oxford:
Intersentia.
Heringa, A.W., & P. Kiiver, Ph. (2012). Constitutions Compared - An Introduction to
rd
Comparative Constitutional Law. (3 Ed.) Antwerp/Oxford: Intersentia.
Tutorial group meetings and lectures. Discussions in tutorial group meetings are based on problem
scenarios and tasks from the coursebook.
Examination
The final grade is based on the results of a mid-term exam consisting of a paper and a final written
exam comprising essay questions.
119
SSC2061 Statistics I
Course coordinator
Dr. D. Tempelaar, School of Business and Economics, Quantitative Economics,
d.tempelaar@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SCI1010 Quantitative Reasoning or substantial high school experience in Mathematics. In most
secondary education systems all over the world, mathematics is taught at three different levels:
preparing for sciences or technological studies (highest level), preparing for social sciences (middle
level), or preparing for arts and humanities (lowest level). E.g., in the International Baccalaureate
system, these levels are indicated as HL, SL, and Studies SL. Or in the Abitur system of most German
speaking countries, it is Leistungskurs, Grundkurs, not in Abitur. Students who have taken math
classes at the lowest of these three levels, so preparing for Arts and Humanities, will lack essential
mathematical prior knowledge for taking the Statistics I course. These students will need (or: are
strongly advised) to take Quantitative Reasoning as a prerequisite. Students educated in high school
at the other two levels have sufficient mathematical background, and are welcome in the Statistics I
course without any further prerequisite.
Objectives
To perform your own (first) research using quantitative techniques.
To develop the abilities to read, understand and criticize scientific articles in the domain you
study or work, that use quantitative techniques.
To gain experience in actively performing such a quantitative analysis yourself, making use of
familiar tools such as the MS Office Excel application and the DataDesk add-in.
The course Statistics I provides a general introduction to quantitative research methods commonly
used in social and life sciences. Emphasis is on methods of data collection, and types of data,
descriptive statistics, regression modeling, probability theory, discrete random variables, continuous
random variables, sampling distributions and inferential statistics the construction of confidence
intervals and hypothesis testing Separate sessions serve to learn the computing skills needed to apply
these statistical tools.
A crucial element in this course is the student project. This project starts in the first weeks,
with students working with surveys, and in doing so, collecting data on student characteristics, such
as mathematical and statistical prior knowledge, metacognitive abilities and general study styles and
habits. In the Student project, you will perform a statistical analysis of your own data, and after
collecting the data of all students, you will develop a statistical model that explains students
achievements in terms of background variables and input factors. In this applied research, we will use
statistical features in Excel (the MS Office spreadsheet program) as a modeling tool.
Literature
De Veaux, R.D., Velleman, P.F., & Bock, D.E. (2012). Stats: Data and Models, International
Edition, 3/E. Addison-Wesley. 0-321-75372-0.
Besides the lectures, there are two weekly tutorial sessions: one meeting in which problem tasks are
discussed, and a second meeting focusing on doing statistics with computers, Excel and the tool DDXL.
Examination
Final exam, three computerized quizzes and a final essay for the student project. The exam and
quizzes are of open book type.
SCI2033 Datamining
SSC3018 Statistics II
PRO3008 Think Tank
120
Course coordinator

Spring 4 5 Social Sciences & Sciences
NB: This course can be used for both the Sciences and Social Sciences concentration.
Prerequisites
SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology or SCI2036 Artificial Intelligence.
Objectives
To give students on overview of the study of the human mind as information processing
machine over time and to provide insight into the foundations of cognitive science.
To make students familiar with the basic concepts used in theories on human information
processing and the experimental designs used in cognitive psychology.
To provide an insight into the character of cognitive processes; various forms of perception,
learning, thinking, etc.
The mechanization of thought (i.e. regarding the human mind as an information processing machine
not unlike a computer) has always repelled and attracted psychologist and philosophers after the
scientific revolution of the 16th and 17th centuries. As a result, human thought wasnt always the
topic of psychology, especially at the time of the rise of radical behaviorism in the early 20th century.
Anything referring to mental processes was not to be used in explanations of human behavior.
However, with the inventions of machines that could think in combination with the failure of
behaviorism to account for even the simplest of human behavior, the mind was back in psychology.
And back with a vengeance. During the 60 and 70 of the 20th century information processing theory
became the leading paradigm in cognitive psychology. Information processing theory deals with how
people receive, store, integrate, retrieve, and use information.
The present course is concerned with theoretical and empirical perspectives on human
cognition, perception and the experimental methods to study cognition and perception. Eleven basic
topics of cognitive science/ psychology are discussed using a Problem Based Learning format. The
topics studied in the course are amongst others: The history of the study of the human mind as
information processing machine, schemas, scripts, plans, and frames, knowledge representation, top
down and bottom up processing, semantic networks and spreading of activation, intelligence and
individual differences, etc.
Literature
E-Readers available on Eleum.
Several chapters from basic cognitive psychology textbooks (There is not one single basic
book that covers all topics, hence the chapters of several books are available as E-Readers or
hardcopy at UCMs reading room and the UM library)
Examination
A final essay and an exam.
121
SSC2063 The Psychology of Individual Differences: Personality and Intelligence
Course coordinator
To be announced, Faculty of Psychology

Prerequisite
Objectives
Gain insight into the two key subdivisions in the study of human individual differences:
personality and intelligence.

The first part of the course will provide an overview of the most important theories, techniques and
methods used by psychologists in the context of personality and intelligence research. Can you
measure personality with questionnaires? How many personality traits are there? Does intelligence
have more than one dimension? What is the difference between traits and motives? During the
second part, we will look at the individual differences. Why are there differences between humans?
Can you change characteristics such as intelligence or extraversion? What role does heredity play?
What happens when persons are bothered by their personality in such a way that it is a matter of a
personality disorder? During the third part, we will provide a first impression of the role of
personality and intelligence in the prediction of life events. How important is intelligence for your
career? Do compliant people earn more or less money? Do personality traits predict the duration of a
marriage? What is the role of evolution in the development of individual differences?
Today, personality psychology and research into other differences between humans, such as
intelligence, forms an important fundamental basis for the daily practice of psychologists.
Psychologists select people for jobs in corporate life based on personality and intelligence research. If
psychologists treat psychological disorders, they often first collect the personality and intelligence
information of a patient. Personality psychology and intelligence research are therefore an important
basis for every student who wants to work in such diverse fields as clinical research, forensic
psychology or human resource management.
Literature
Ashton, M. C. (2013). Individual differences and personality (2nd ed.). Burlington, MA:
Elsevier Academic Press.
Deary, I. J. (2001). Intelligence: A very short introduction. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
E-Readers.
Examination
Written exam.
122
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
SSC1025 Introduction to Political Science or SSC1006 International Relations and SSC3030 European
Institutions or SSC1009 Introduction to European Integration.
Objectives
To understand the history and the complexity that make up European Foreign Policy.
To understand the political-institutional process in which EU Foreign Policy is made.
To grasp the content of European Foreign Policy.
To understand relations with important regions and particular states that the European
Union has established strong foreign policy relationships.
In order for the EU to ever be truly a federation there should be a single currency and a common
foreign policy. One of these two criteria has been met in most of the Member States of the EU. Does
this mean that a major step has been taken on the way to a federation? What of the common foreign
policy requirement? Is there one foreign policy or many, at least when crises like the Iraq war occur?
What is the probability of a European Foreign Policy akin to that of the USA ever forming? These are
the questions the course will tackle.
The course is divided into two sections. The first section will start with a focus on the
importance of European Foreign Policy for foreign policy analysis and vice versa. It will also consider
what theories in International Relations can be applied to fully understand European Foreign Policy.
This section will then move on to consider the institutional framework of the EUs foreign policy, the
role of the Member States in the formation of policy and then finally consider in more detail the main
policies themselves within the realm of external relations. The main policy areas include Common
Defense and Homeland Security Policy, Economic and Trade Policy and Enlargement Policy.
The second section deals with the important regions and particular states that the European
Union has established strong foreign policy relationships. These important regions and states include
the U.S.A., Russia, the Developing world and Emerging Economies. The second section ends with a
consideration of the EUs future role as a global player.
Literature
Keukeleire, Stephan and Tom Delreux. (2014). The Foreign Policy of the European Union.
2nd edition. Palgrave.
E-Readers.
Examination
A final exam (consisting of essay questions) and a research paper.
123
SSC3011 Public Policy Evaluation
Course coordinators
Drs. R. Speijcken, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, Maastricht Graduate School of
Governance/UNU-Merit,
r.speijcken@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
At least two 200-level Social Sciences courses.
Objectives
To develop a critical analytical approach to public policy evaluation, analysis and public
policy making.
To provide students with a basic understanding of the key concepts, approaches, models
and methods of public policy analysis & evaluation.
To develop the basic skills needed to conduct public policy analysis & evaluation and to
communicate the results effectively.
To provide students with an understanding of the roles and ethics of the policy
analyst/evaluator in the policy process.
This course provides students with an academic and at the same time practical and hands on
approach to the study of public policy and more in particular, to the professional practice of policy
analysis and evaluation. Public policies can be described as a course of government action or inaction
in response to public problems such as insufficient access to health care or education,
environmental degradation, threats to workplace safety, corruption, overcrowded highways or air
pollution (Kraft and Furlong 2010:5). Problems range from relatively simple to highly complex and
manifest from the local to the national or global levels. They can reflect conflicts over causes,
solutions, problem definitions as well as over fundamental human values. Decision-makers that take
final decisions on these issues need to be informed by sound evidence based policy analysis and
evaluation that has carefully weighted, crafted, prescribed and evaluated the policy alternatives. This
is important as the decisions taken do not only affect peoples lives, but also influence societys key
values. It is the task of the policy analyst / evaluator to provide sound evidence, analysis and advice.
To acquaint students with, and prepare them for such undertakings, this course is designed to foster
critical thinking and understanding about public policy and possible alternative courses of action by
deliberating and analyzing the key concepts, models, approaches and methods of policy analysis &
evaluation, and practicing some of its basic skills.
In the first week of the course students explore what policy analysis & evaluation actually is.
It intends to shed light on the role of power, politics, institutions and actors in the policy making
process. Subsequently, in the second week the art of problem structuring is explored. In the third
week students will be introduced to working with evaluative criteria and choosing policy options for
formulating policy advices. With the knowledge gained in these first three weeks students will work in
small groups to prepare and present a hands on a policy advice on a real life country case. Finally,
just before the midterm exam, students are introduced to two frequently used methods of policy
analysis and evaluation: cost benefit and cost effectiveness analysis. The midterm exam consists of
two parts: an individually written policy memorandum on a given topic (part 1) and, on the basis of
that memorandum, a team role play (part 2 of midterm). After the midterm the focus shifts from
having gained the basic knowledge for policy analysis and evaluation (problem structuring,
stakeholder analysis, choosing evaluative criteria and using them to benchmark and weigh the
different policy alternatives) to exploring policy evaluation approaches in more depth. Students will
be introduced to plan, process and outcome evaluations on the basis of the realist or theory-based
evaluation approach. They will work in small groups on another real life case to actually carry out and
present a plan (and or) process evaluation themselves. Finally, ethical and accountability aspects of
policy analysis and evaluation, as well as the role of the public in this process are explored.
The course is built around 7 cases and 7 lectures by both academics and professional
practitioners that share their knowledge and experiences with the students. This together with
studying academic and policy literature as well as the hands on work on evaluation cases, provide
the main guidance for the students learning process in this policy analysis & evaluation course.
124
Literature
The course combines book chapters from state of the art text books on policy analysis with articles
from academic journals and real life case study material from practice, next to youtube videos and
short documentaries. Textbooks from which partial chapters are used:
Kraft M.E and Furlong S.R. (2013) Public Policy Politics, Analysis and Alternatives, CQ Press,
SAGE
Guess G.M. and P.G. Farnham (2011), Cases in Public Policy Analysis
Weimar L. and Vining A. (2011) Policy Analysis, 5th Edition, Longman
Weiss C.H. (1998) Evaluation (2nd ed.), London: Prentice-Hall.
Some of the academic journal articles, that will be studied:

Douglas J. A. (1984) Why Policy Analysis and Ethics Are Incompatible, Journal of Policy
Analysis and Management, 3, 4: 573-591. (e-R)
Hajer M (2003) Policy without polity? Policy analysis and the institutional void Policy Sciences
36: 175-195
Ingram H and Schneider A.L.(2006). Policy Analysis for Democracy in The Oxford Handbook of
Public Policy, Oxford University Press
Leeuw, F. L. (2003). Reconstructing Program Theories: Methods Available and Problems to be
Solved. American Journal of Evaluation, 24(1), 5-20
Ostrom E. (2002). Policy Analysis in the Future of Good Societies, in The Good Society,
Volume 11, Number 1, 2002, pp. 42-48, Penn State University
Pawson and Tilly (2004) Realist Evaluation (Realistic Evaluation 1997)
Next to that book chapters, journal articles, youtube videos and short documentaries will be studied.
Tutorial group meetings, team presentations in which gained knowledge needs to be put in practice
by working on real life cases, role play and interactive lectures.
Examination
The final grade will be based on the policy memorandum, a role play team briefing exercise and a final
policy paper as well as attendance and the quality of participation in tutorial groups and lectures.
125
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
SSC1006 International Relations or SSC1025 Introduction to Political Science and at least one 200-
level Social Sciences course.
Objectives
To understand international conflict.
To examine different types of conflict and their various causes in the world.
To examine as case studies different conflicts throughout history.
Why do nations and states go to war? This course will endeavor to give some answers to this
question. To do that, the course will be divided into three sections that mirror the above objectives.
The first section will focus on the different types of conflict. In this section, the ethics of war will also
be discussed: do Just Wars exist? Section two will concentrate on the causes of conflict. It will
reflect on a variety of sources that emerge from such domains as the global system, the states
themselves or individuals. Part three will examine as case studies a number of modern conflicts, such
as World War I, World War II, the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the breakup of Yugoslavia, the War
between India and Pakistan, the Arab- Israeli conflict and Saddam Husseins Wars against Iran and
Kuwait.
Literature
Levy, J. S. and W. R. Thompson. (2010). Causes of War. Wiley-Blackwell.
Stoessinger, J. G. (2011). Why Nations Go to War. 11th Edition. Thomson, Wadsworth.
E-Readers.
Examination
126
Course coordinator
Dr. A. van Zeijl-Rozema, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, International Centre for Integrated
Assessment & Sustainable Development,
a.vanzeijl@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 5 5 Social Sciences/Sciences
Prerequisites
SCI1016 Sustainable Development: An Introduction and SCI2012 Globalization, Environmental Change
and Society.
Objectives
The objective of the course is to learn about methods and tools for addressing complex sustainability
issues in an integrated way. During the course, students will:
Appreciate the general principles underlying sustainability assessment.
Obtain experience with applying methods for sustainability assessment through exercises.
Study practical applications of different Integrated Assessment methods in real-life case
studies.
The emphasis of this course will be on the getting to know some tools and methods used in
sustainability assessment. The theoretical knowledge and insights from SCI1016 Sustainable
Development: An introduction and SCI2012 Globalization, Environmental Change and Society will be
further deepened, and we will analyze several existing case studies to see how the methods and tools
were applied. Issues of scale (case studies at global, regional and local level) and of stakeholders (who
to involve) and of future-proofing (scenario studies) will be addressed. Key methodological issues and
tools will be addressed, such as participatory methods for involving stakeholders, qualitative modeling
techniques and scenario analysis, both in normal tutorials and in work sessions which are interspersed
with exercises. Ample attention will be paid to the challenges that can emerge when applying these
tools and methods in practice. At the end of the course, students will use the acquired knowledge to
design a workplan for an integrated assessment of a case study of their choice (e.g. air quality issues
in Maastricht, the sustainability of Maastricht University or sustainable tourism in Limburg).
Literature
Kates, R. W. (ed.) (2010) Readings in Sustainability Science and Technology, CID Working
Paper No. 213, Centre for International Development, Harvard University.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, lectures and work sessions.
Examination
The final grade is based on an individual presentation of method use in an existing integrated
assessment and an individual workplan for an integrated assessment of a case study chosen by the
student.
127
SSC3017 Social and Environmental Entrepreneurship
Course coordinator
Dr. Ing. W. Bodewes (t.b.c.), School of Business and Economics, Maastricht Centre for
Entrepreneurship,
w.bodewes@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
At least two courses at 100- or 200- level in the Sciences and/or the Social Sciences.
Recommended
SSC2036 Introduction to Business Administration or SCI1016 Sustainable Development.
Objectives
To understand the key similarities and differences between social and environmental
entrepreneurship and commercial entrepreneurship.
To understand the relationships between social/environmental problems and
social/environmental entrepreneurial opportunity.
To obtain practical experience through application of research findings and theoretical
predictions to actual challenges and problems that social and/or environmental
entrepreneurs face in the starting and growing of their ventures.
There is an increasing awareness that entrepreneurship can play an important role in solving or alleviating social
and/or environmental problems. This course explores the special features of social and environmental
entrepreneurship in comparison to commercial entrepreneurship. Attention is given to the ability of social and
environmental venturing to solve or alleviate problems that governments, NGOs, or companies fail to address
and related topics such as corporate social responsibility, and risks of social marketing. In many cases, social
entrepreneurship aims to combine social goals with financial sustainability. Social ventures such as the
Bangladeshi Grameen Bank or the Bangladeshi Aravind Eye Hospitals showcase that profit can be made while
serving a social cause. However, social entrepreneurs are not primarily driven by a desire to create economic
value, they seek to generate social value. Environmental ventures such as the British company SolarCentury or
the German company E-Max showcase that profit can be made while serving an environmental cause. Other
social and environmental entrepreneurial initiatives opt for a not-for-profit status while serving their social or
environmental cause. Academics have sought to understand why, how and when social and environmental
venturing can have a lasting impact.
The emerging literature on social/environmental entrepreneurship is used in this course to enable you
to learn how also you can make a difference by pursuing (or helping others to pursue) a social or environmental
opportunity. In this course, you will build on the theoretical knowledge and insights from course 1 (SCI1016) to
explore how private (and individual) initiative may help to address environmental or social problems. You will
move beyond exploring the relative importance of such initiatives and try to understand the processes through
which social and environmental venturing can seek to have an impact. Throughout this course you will review
and synthesise the relevant literature, and learn how to deploy (conflicting) empirical findings and/or theoretical
claims in the addressing of some of the key challenges that social and environmental entrepreneurs face.
Literature
Nicholls, A. 2006. Social entrepreneurship: new models of sustainable social change. Oxford ;
New York: Oxford University Press.
Schaper, M. 2005. Making ecopreneurs: developing sustainable entrepreneurship. Burlington,
VT: Ashgate.
eReader with papers & Reader with cases (You need to pay for your cases, approx. 30).
Case discussion sessions and tutorial group meetings. In the tutorial group meetings you explore the
literature. In the case discussion sessions you will explore how the scholarly insights can be used to
inform the practice of social/environmental entrepreneurship. A field project will expose you a
regional venture that will allow you to further elaborate on the key issues that relate to
social/environmental venturing.
Examination
Your evaluation will be based on the field project paper and a final open-book test with open
questions.
128
SSC3018 Statistics II
Course coordinator
Dr. D. Tempelaar, School of Business and Economics, Quantitative Economics,
d.tempelaar@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC2061 Statistics I.
Objectives
To familiarize students with quantitative research methods, building on SSC2061 Statistics I
(Quantitative Methods).
To develop the abilities to read, understand and criticize articles in the domain of your
concentration, as a passive use of your knowledge of quantitative techniques.
To gain experience in actively performing a quantitative analysis yourself, making use of the
(more advanced features of the) tool SPSS.
In Statistics II, we resume the thread of Statistics I: a discussion of the basic tools of inferential
statistics: confidence intervals and hypothesis tests (which in turn involved concepts like null and
alternative hypotheses, Type I and Type II errors, rejection points and p-values), all these concepts
illustrated in the context of the one-sample tests. In this course you will encounter a whole battery of
additional tests, enabling you to examine a large array of questions that may come up in social
sciences and life sciences.
In the first weeks, we discuss a.o. the two-sample t-test (allowing you to compare the mean
of a quantitative variable between two populations), ANOVA (dito, for more than two populations),
the paired-sample t-test and the chi-square test (allowing you to establish relationships between
qualitative variables, using contingency tables). But the main dish of the course is obviously regression
analysis, a very flexible technique which allows you to relate a dependent variable to a number of
independent or explanatory variables. The course finishes with an optional topic: factor analysis, a
technique to find patterns in data when theory is weak.
Part of your time is devoted to the student project, in which you perform an extended
empirical analysis in SPSS. The project measures your active mastery of statistical data analysis. In the
final exam your passive mastery will be assessed. The exam will consists of pieces of statistical
analyses, with the student having to interpret and criticize the outcomes of these analyses. Both the
project and exam focus on your ability to apply statistics in relevant areas, beyond knowing statistics.
Literature
De Veaux, R.D., Velleman, P.F., & Bock, D.E. (2012). Stats: Data and Models, International
Edition, 3/E. Addison-Wesley. 0-321-75372-0.
Besides the lecture, there are two weekly group meetings, of different kind. One group meeting will
take place in the computer room, and is dedicated to taking quizzes, practicing with SPSS, and
working on the project. The other group sessions is a standard tutorial group session, filled with
problemS and discussion tasks.
Examination
Final exam, three computerized quizzes, and the final essay for the student project. Exam and quizzes
are of open book type.
129
Course coordinator

Fall 1 5 Social Sciences & Sciences
Prerequisites
SSC1005 Introduction to Psychology or SCI2036 Artificial Intelligence and at least two 200-level
courses.
Recommended
SSC 2062 Foundations of Cogitive Psychology.
Objectives
To help students acquire knowledge of recent (psychological) theories in the field of
reasoning, decision making and cognition.
To provide an insight into the role of cognitive processes; various forms of human reasoning,
decision making, problem solving, creativity, etc.
To further explore one or more of the topics (chosen by the student) in the psychology of
thought and decision making in more detail via the (fictional) interview paper.
The present course is concerned with theoretical (psychological) and empirical perspectives on human
reasoning and decision making. Reasoning involves making deductive or inductive inferences and
judging them according to current goals, beliefs and knowledge. Decision making refers to choosing
between alternatives (e.g. different mental models). Both topics are of central importance to humans
and even though some seem to reason better than others or their decisions seem more sound,
thinking remains an important and for some uniquely human feature. Studying humans thought (both
reasoning and decision making) belongs to the field of Cognitive Psychology. Like most topics studied
by psychologists, both reasoning and decision making include a wide range of explanatory models
that emphasize different aspects of human thought.
Eleven topics of the (cognitive) psychology of reasoning and decision making are discussed
using a Problem Based Learning format. The topics are: (hypothetical) reasoning, the mental imagery-
debate, the psychology of decision making, Signal Detection Theory and vigilance, emotions and
reasoning, emotions and decision making (the Somatic Marker hypothesis), subliminal perception,
deductive and inductive reasoning (heuristics and biases) and socio-economical decision making (pro-
social behavior: risk and trust).
Literature
Chapters of several basic cognitive psychology books are made available as e-reader or
hardcopy.
E-Readers.
Examination
Assesment is based on an exam and an (fictional interview) paper.
130
SSC3023 Philosophy of Mind
Course coordinator
R. de Vries (MA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
r.devries@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
COR1002 Philosophy of Science and at least one 200-level course from either Humanities, Social
Sciences or Sciences.
Objective
To acquaint students with current ideas, philosophical arguments and empirical evidence on
the nature of mind and the relationship between mind and body. We focus on modern
cognitive and neuropsychological theories in the area of consciousness. Philosophical
reflection on the caveats and problems associated with the notion of consciousness will be
stimulated.
The mind-body problem is a legacy from the scientific revolution which started in the 16th century
and reached its culmination point with Newtonian physics. Starting with Galileos and Descartes
formulation of this problem we will discuss different philosophical positions in a more in-depth
fashion. In the behavioral- and neurosciences these problems transform into questions about
consciousness, conscious experience, and conscious perception. Those topics disappeared from
science with the rise of behaviorism in the early twentieth century. But now they are back in the
behavioral- and neurosciences again. Only over the past few decades consciousness has reappeared
in cognitive science and neuropsychology.
We will start this course with some philosophy, then we will scrutinize modern day sciences,
especially cognitive science and neuroscience for ideas on mind and consciousness. At the end of the
course we will go back to philosophy and we will ask ourselves whether all this empirical knowledge
from psychology and neuroscience has brought us further in unraveling the brain-consciousness- (or
mind-body) problem.
Suggested Literature
Searle, J.R. (2004). Mind: A brief Introduction. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Papineau, David: Introducing Consciousness (Comic Book)
Literature
E-Readers.
You tube clips.
Book will be announced.
Examination
Assesment is based on an exam and a paper.
131
Course coordinator
M. Brkan, Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
maja.brkan@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
SSC1007 Introduction to Law and at least one of the following courses: SSC2060 Comparative
Constitutional Law (SSC2012 Comparative Government) or SSC2024 International Law.
Objectives
At the end of the course, students should have acquired adequate knowledge, practical skills and a
critical understanding with respect to the following:
The role and significance of law in the European integration process.
The legal foundations of the European Union (EU) (as set out in the Treaties).
The institutions of the EU, their historical evolution and the horizontal relationship between
them (as reflected in decision-making procedures).
The vertical relationship between the EU and the Member States (including the principles of
supremacy, legality, subsidiarity, proportionality and loyalty).
The implementation and enforcement mechanisms of EU law (infringement proceedings,
enforcement through national courts, review of EU action).
The position of the individual as a holder of fundamental rights and a citizen of the Union.
In addition, throughout the course the students should have become familiar with legal thinking and
legal reasoning, and should in particular be able to:
Find legal instruments in paper or electronic format.
Keep abreast of legal developments.
Read a legal document and extract the relevant information from it.
Construct a legal argument on a basic issue of EU law.
Use EU law to give an opinion on a legal problem.
This course focuses on the institutions of the European. At the same time, this course provides an
opportunity for students to be exposed to legal thinking. Law is central to the process of European
integration, and it plays a greater role in European affairs than it does at national or international
level. It is accordingly essential for students to become familiar with the ways of legal thought and
legal reasoning, if they want to understand fully the European integration process, and European
matters more generally.
Literature
A copy of the EU Treaty and of the Treaty on the Functioning of the EU. These can be
downloaded from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/collection/eu-law/treaties.html or they can be
found in Foster (ed.), Blackstones EU Treaties and Legislation (last edition).
Examination
Written assignments and a final written exam of case studies and essay questions. One of the written
assignments will count as one exam question.
This course is a prerequisite for the following course(s)
132
SSC3032 Atrocity Triangle: Perpetrators, Victims and Bystanders; A course on the
Causes of Gross Human Rights Violations
Course coordinator
R. Moerland, Faculty of Law, Department of Criminal Law and Criminology,
roland.moerland@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
Two 200-level courses in the Social Sciences or Humanities.
Objectives
To deal with the different causes of gross human rights violations and the linkage between gross
human rights violations and violent conflicts in the world.
To view the world through the eyes of the perpetrators as well as the bystanders by focusing on their
roles and possibilities.
To examine the causes of human rights violations on individual, sub-national, national and
international levels from the perspective of different disciplines (social psychology, sociology, history,
international relations, international law and psychology).
This course deals with the causes of gross human rights violations and the linkage between gross human rights
violations and violent conflicts in the world. The atrocity triangle focuses on three actors, namely: the
perpetrator, the victim, and the bystander.
In the second part the central role of the perpetrator is studied whereas in the third part the focus is
on the bystander. In all meetings the relationship between the three actors including their impact on the other
will be discussed. We will start with the forms, functions and effects of political violence and the concept of
torture in particular. In this context we will watch several documentaries which raise the question whether or
not everybody can be trained to become a torturer. In order to answer this question we will discuss Milgrams
experiment on obedience to authority and various other social-psychological mechanisms that make people
commit atrocious crimes once they are demanded to do so. We will furthermore have a discussion on several
compulsive and determinative features of the environment surrounding perpetrators of gross human rights
violations. Special attention will be given to the Holocaust as an illustration of how with the help of a
bureaucratic system genocide can be planned, organized and carried out.
After the Holocaust we will focus on the genocide in Rwanda (1994) and continue with the subsequent
genocides in Srebrenica (1995) and Darfur (since 2003).
In the third part the role of bystanders in international politics at the macro-level of both states and international
organizations in the field of human rights will be discussed. We will give special attention to the role of the UN
Security Council when it was confronted with gross human rights violations. We will further explore the
possibilities of international intervention in the past and now. The failure to prevent Genocide in Rwanda,
Srebrenica and Darfur will be studied. Military intervention and other means such as economic sanctions and
their effectiveness as a reaction to early warnings will be dealt with as well.
At the end of this course we will deal with the aftermath of gross human rights violations: policing of
the past on human rights abuses by previous regimes.
Although the analysis takes the cases of the Holocaust, Rwanda, Srebrenica and Darfur as leading cases, more
contemporary conflicts, such as, in Syria, Congo, and the Central African Republic will also receive attention.
This course focuses predominantly on the role of the perpetrator and the bystander. The role of the
victim will be addressed during the course Cultural Criminology and Transitional Justice (SSC 3052) which will be
taught during the spring semester in period 5.
Literature
Smeulers, A. and Grnfeld, F. (2011). International crimes and other Gross Human Rights Violations.
Brill/Nijhoff.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, compulsory lectures and screening of documentaries.
Examination
A midterm take homeexam with open-ended essay questions and a final take-home exam consisting of a paper.
133
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
SSC2061 Statistics I and SSC1027 Principles of Economics.
Recommended
SSC2048 Intermediate Microeconomics.
Objective
To familiarize students with basic concepts, theories and insights of the economic psychology
of judgments, decision-making, and well-being.
Increasingly, economists are discovering psychology as a means to enrich their models of economic
behaviour and well-being and to give them a better foundation. The importance of this is illustrated
by the fact that the Nobel prize winner in economics in 2002 was the distinguished psychologist
Daniel Kahneman. He characterizes his research as a quest for the logic of the irrational. Adam Smith
already recognized that economic behaviour , just like other behaviour, is motivated by an intriguing
blend of rational considerations and irrational sentiments. The great challenge is to investigate the
implications of the latter motives for economics.
This course aims to give an intensive introduction into this field. In the first nine sessions of
the course the psychology and behavioural economics of judgment and decision-making are dealt
with. Basic principles of rationality are compared with actual behaviour in making decisions. Also, a
link is made to the emerging field of neuroeconomics. Next, students are introduced into the
psychological and economic research on subjective well-being (happiness) and its socio-economic
determinants (especially income). The importance of this research for economics and its policy
implications will be highlighted. Students should realize that this course is not easy and that its
material also includes some mathematical derivations.
Literature
To be announced.
Articles and chapters from books.
Tutorial group meetings with presentations by students and two survey lectures together with SBE
students in an identical parallel course.
Examination
The final grade will be based on a final written exam with open-ended questions, presentation(s) and
participation. Each student gives one or two presentations on one/two of the subjects.
134
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
SSC1006 International Relations or SSC1025 Introduction to Political Science and at least one 200-
level Social Sciences course.
Objective
To understand the history, the political process in which policy is made and the policy
content of American foreign policy.
Everyone appears to have an opinion on American foreign policy, however, often such opinions are
based on emotion or rhetoric. This course does not want students to be less critical of the United
States, rather it strives to inform and educate students on the history, process and source of
American foreign policy, so that opinions are based on a sound footing.
The course is divided into four sections. The first section will focus on the field of foreign
policy analysis as a subfield in International Relations. An overview of the various analytical
perspectives on US foreign policy will be covered. This first section will also consider the importance
of examining American foreign policy in todays world. Section two will concentrate on the history of
US foreign policy, covering such events as the Age of Imperialism, World War I, the interwar years,
World War II, the Cold War, the Post-Cold War world, September 11 and ending with recent world
events, such as the Iraq War and the Global War on Terror. Part three will examine the politics and
the policy-making process of American foreign policy. Topics for discussion in this section will include
the institutions involved in the policy making process, such as the President, various bureaucracies
like the State Department, the Department of Defense and the CIA, plus Congress and the Courts.
This section will also consider the role the American public plays in the process of making US foreign
policy. The final part of this course will study the instruments used to implement American Foreign
Policy. This section will include a discussion of Americas use of open or diplomatic instruments,
secret instruments, economic instruments and also its military instruments. This section will end with
a task that discusses the future of American Foreign Policy.
Literature
McCormick, James M. (2014). American Foreign Policy and Process, International Edition 6e,
Cengage Learning.
E-Readers.
Examination
135
Course coordinator
Dr. U. Mller, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
ulrike.mueller@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
One of the following courses: SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology), SSC2028 Classical
Sociology, SSC 2059 Social Movements, HUM1003 Cultural Studies I, HUM2031 Cultural Studies II, HUM 2014
Philosophers of the 20th Century.
Recommended
SSC2028 Classical Sociology. This course is not recommended for first year students.
Objectives
To familiarize students with theories in contemporary sociology and give them the necessary skills to
analyze, use, and criticize those theories.
To discuss what a theory is, how we can theorize, and how theories can illuminate real social problems
or issues.
Many people, ordinary ones and scientists alike, hate theory. Yet they could not live without it. When all is said
and done, theory is the more or less disciplined talk by which people make what sense they can of their social
worlds (Charles Lemert in The Blackwell Companion To Major Classical Social Theorists (2003), p. 267). This
course is part two of a sequence tracing back through the historical development of sociological theory (the first
part being Classical Sociology). Whereas in Classical Sociology we focused on sociological theory up until the
1930s, in this course we will be dealing mainly, but not exclusively, with social theory that has emerged from the
1960s onward. During this time, the historical context started to change in important ways, since it brought
about an inclusion of new voices from the Global South, the beginnings of the greatest phase so far of the
womens movement, and a variety of other social movements from environment to gay rights. The 1960s pushed
sociological theorists to focus more on processes of social change, on social inequality and processes of
marginalization and exploitation that shape it, power relations and social movements that contest them, and on
cultural and other differences among individuals and groups.
In the first portion of the course, you will be introduced to four major theoretical schools of thought in
modern sociology. They are: functionalism, the Frankfurt School, Structuralism, and Interactionism. We will
discuss these traditions on the basis of a well founded and accessible text called Understanding Modern
Sociology which comes out of the UK. The text includes a comprehensive representation of European and US-
American sociological theory. This first part of the course will be enhanced by reading original works by Herbert
Marcuse, Howard Becker, Nancy Chodorow and Michel Foucault. Reading original theoretical material is
important since students are then given the opportunity to form their own opinion about what the theorists are
saying. Reading original works, of course, can be a very difficult and challenging, but also elating task.
In the second part of the course we will continue the work of reading original theoretical texts by
focusing on more alternative ways of theorizing about the social world. We will be reading works by Patricia Hill
Collins, an African-American standpoint theorist, Pierre Bourdieu, a French sociologist, and Edward Said and
Franz Fanon, two thinkers who are classified as post-colonial theorists.
Some of the questions we will be dealing with in this course include: How can we make sense of the
social world? How does capitalism impact our social reality? How is social reality constructed? What causes
social change? What is the link between agency and structure? How is knowledge produced and by whom?
Literature
Calhoun, C., et al. (2002). Contemporary Sociological Theory. Malden: Blackwell Publishing.
Sharrock, W.W., et al. (2003). Understanding Modern Sociology. London: Sage Publications.
Examination
One take-home exam including one or two essay questions. Your performance as a discussion leader will
comprise at least twenty percent of your final grade.
136
SSC3040 Identities
Course coordinator

Prerequisites
At least two of the following courses: SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro Sociology),
HUM1003 Cultural Studies I, SSC2059 Social Movements, HUM2031 Cultural Studies II, HUM2018
Cultural Diversity in a Globalizing World, HUM2003 The Making of Crucial Differences, HUM 2014
Philosophers of the 20th Century, HUM2056 Cultural Remembrances.
This course is not recommended for first year students

Objectives
To learn how different categories of social identities operate as categories of socio-structural
inequality.
To discuss perspectives on race, ethnicity, class, gender and national identities in order to
get a better understanding of what they are and how they are conceptualized theoretically.
To learn about and reflect on how you yourself, your thinking and your way of being is
affected by these relations of oppression and domination in everyday life.
Identity is about ones sense of self, it is about personhood, and it is about what kind of person one
is. Identities always involve both sameness and difference. Thus, if you are Dutch, you are like other
Dutch people and different from the non-Dutch. There is a tendency to see identities as being fixed or
given. Sociologists, however, argue that identities are fluid and changeable and that we can acquire
new ones.
In this course we will explore theoretical texts on the historical, cultural and political
construction of social identities. We will focus on class, gender, race, ethnicity and nationality as
historically specific, structured relations of oppression and exploitation examining their existence and
interaction. Discussions and analyses will be based on how social identities work as overlapping
categories of both inclusion and exclusion and how they are used to divide, rank, and discriminate.
Some of the questions to be addressed are: What are the main levels of analysis within
which we can explore the interplay between these exploitative and oppressive relations? What are
their theoretical, cultural, ideological and political implications?
The course is designed for students who have a serious interest in the topic and who are
open to critically evaluate and understand their own participation within structures of domination
and oppression. We will examine and interrogate how heterosexuality, whiteness and class privilege,
for instance, function in such a way as to keep systems of oppression intact and discuss how to
participate in the struggles against identity-based forms of domination.
Literature
Alcoff, L.M., & Medieta, E. (2003). Identities: Race, Class, Gender, and Nationality.
Group discussions, lectures and films.
Examination
One take-home exam including one or two essay questions and one self-reflective essay. Your
performance as a discussion leader will comprise ten percent of your final grade.
137
SSC3044 Culture, Politics and Society in Contemporary Asia
Course coordinators
Prof. dr. T. van Veen, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
t.vanveen@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Dr. N. Kwanjai, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
n.kwanjai@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Prerequisite
None.
However, dedicated academic discipline and high study motivation are strongly advised, as this course
is challenging with regard to both intellectual content and academic conduct. Students are expected
to have achieved an intermediate academic level of maturity and be willing and able to follow
rigorous readings and other assignments on a weekly basis. Thus, unless students are willing to work
hard, you will not benefit fully from this course.
Recommended
COR1003 Contemporary World History and/or SSC1003 Theories of Social Order (SSC1001 Macro
Sociology).
Objective
To understand economic issues in contemporary Asian societies in their social, cultural and
political context.
This course focuses on the integration and synthesis of culture, economics and politics in the Asian
societies to increase an understanding of the region, in its contemporary socio-political and cultural
setting. This course will transcend the borders of academic disciplines and domains and deals with
topics such as:
Cultural influences on work and social lives in Asian societies;
Asian societies: debate on its development, characteristics and global implications;
Asian political traditions and international relations;
Asian economic development and regional integration efforts;
Asian societies in the global context: debate, implications and trends.
These issues will be discussed alternately in lectures and seminars. The course is in particular of
interest for students who consider doing business/an exchange/master program in Asia.
Literature
The course literature comprises a collection of academic journal articles and book chapters.
In addition, students will be required to work in a small team on a course papers on relevant
topics of their choices for which extensive literature review on the topics must be conducted.
Examination
Your individual evaluation consists of two grades: 1) for PPP: Presence, Paper (i.e. presentation and
defence of your paper) and your Participation in the various discussions; and 2) the other grade is for
your examination. The final mark is a weighted average of the two grades. Student pass the course
with the final mark of at least 5.5.
Presence is required for at least 80% of the lecture sessions and at least 80% of the PBL
sessions. If your presence is insufficient, you will be given an extra assignment. Note further that you
are only allowed to do the exam when you have completed the team paper. The grade for the PPP
and/or exam will be valid for one year
138
SSC3045 Management & Organization of Asian Enterprises
Course coordinators
Prof. dr. T. van Veen, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
t.vanveen@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Dr. N. Kwanjai, School of Business and Economics, Economics,
n.kwanjai@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)
In cooperation with Prof. dr. J. Stam, Erasmus University Rotterdam/Twente University

Prerequisite
None.
However, dedicated academic discipline and high study motivation are strongly advised, as this course is
challenging with regard to both intellectual content and academic conduct. Students are expected to have
achieved an intermediate academic level of maturity and be willing and able to follow rigorous readings and
other assignments on a weekly basis. Thus, unless students are willing to work hard, you will not benefit fully
from this course.
Recommended
SSC2008 Organization Theory and/or SSC2036 Introduction to Business Administration.
Objective
This course aims to introduce students to Asian management systems and specific issues and
implications that are pertinent to the management of Asian firms or firms located in or dealing with
Asian businesses.
This course will focus on the Asian enterprise and its setting. Issues and topics for analysis are:
Business system and management process
Interlinkages with external environment
Leadership & HRM (human resource management )
Production & innovation management
Internationalization (operating abroad)
Quality management
IPR (intellectual property right)
CSR (corporate social responsibility)
Management of technology.
International competition and cooperation.
FDI (foreign direct investment) & technology transfer.
These issues will be dealt with from a comparative perspective and discussed alternately in lectures and
seminars. The Asian countries to be investigated include China, Korea, Japan, India and selected countries from
the South-East Asian region. The course is in particular of interest for students who consider doing business/an
exchange/master program in Asia.
Literature
The main text book for the course will be:
Hasegawa, Harukiyo and Carlos Noronha, editors (2014), Asian Business and Management: Theory,
nd
Practice and Perspectives, 2 edition Palgrave Macmillan.
A collection of academic journal articles will also constitute additional readings to be announced.
In addition, students will be required to work in a small team on a course papers on relevant topics of their
choices for which extensive literature review on the topics must be conducted.
Tutorial group meeting and lectures.
Examination
Your individual evaluation consists of two grades: 1) for PPP: Presence, Paper (i.e. presentation and defence of
your team paper) and your Participation in the various discussions; and 2) the other grade is for your
examination. The final mark is a weighted average of the two grades. Student pass the course with the final mark
of at least 5.5.
Presence is required for at least 80% of the lecture/panel discussion sessions and at least 80% of the
PBL sessions. If your presence is insufficient, you will be given an extra assignment. Note further that you are only
allowed to do the exam when you have completed the team paper. The grade for the PPP and/or exam will be
valid for one year.
139
SSC3047 Urban Development & Poverty in the 21st Century
Coordinator
Dr. K. Haagsman, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Technology and Society Studies,
r.haagsman@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 5 Social Sciences & Humanities
st
NB: This course was formerly known as SSC3047 Development and Poverty in the 21 Century. This
course can be used for both the Social Sciences and Humanities concentration.
Prerequisite
SSC2046 Globalization and Inequality or SCI1016 Sustainable Development.
Objectives
After completion of this course students have acquired knowledge about the impact of urbanization
on the interrelationship of development and poverty in an increasingly globalized world, in particular:
How relations of globalization and (urban) poverty have been and can be conceptualized.
What are the drivers in processes of urbanization and slum formation.
Why we are increasingly witnessing the emergence of megacities and what the
consequences are in terms of urban planning.
What challenges and opportunities cities encounter in terms of multi-cultural identities,
spaces and processes of transnationalism.
What ecological challenges and opportunities urban slums face.
Ways in which (urban) poverty impacts on precarity and the use of human bodies.
How processes of urbanization provide both major environmental challenges and
opportunities.
How major global crises (financial, climate, migration) are interlocking and expressing
themselves in the major urban centers.
Since 2008 more than half of the world population lives in urban areas, according to the
United Nations Populations Fund. Of particular concern is the fact that over a billion people now lives
in informal settlements or slums, where poverty and precarity are highly concentrated. Nevertheless,
people continue to migrate to cities, and mainly informal settlements continue to accommodate
them. Despite their proneness to disaster, disease, violence and cultural tensions, they also appear to
be focal points of vitality, opportunity and new initiatives.
In many ways the city, as an urban space, can be conceptualized as a contested site, a
compact laboratory where many of the tensions and opportunities related to globalization and
development are acted out. Through readings in this course we delve into the human aspects of these
loci that embody contrasts and contradictions, and we analyze social, economic and political
processes in cities of the Global South. We discuss connections and tensions between urban
communities and economic development, the creation of vulnerable populations through
urbanization and the precariousness of labor, the structural failures of slum ecologies and how they
affect people, but also how citizens nevertheless find uncountable modes of making the city their
home.
We examine the articulation of neoliberalism in urban space, the consequences of
international debt and structural adjustment projects in megacities, and we look at how cities are
hubs for moving people (most often women) to other places to make a living in the service industries -
domestic labor, sex work, cleaning jobs. And we examine the opportunities these cities represent: as
spaces of creativity, new mlanges of identities, new cultural forms and novel cultural, economic,
social and political prospects. In short: we aspire to infuse you with knowledge both of how urban
development and poverty are structurally reproduced in highly political ways, and of how cityness
also always depends on how people - in particular the less well-to-do - manage to flexibly and
inventively arrange their lives on a daily basis.
Literature
Relevant academic articles, reports, book chapters and websites.
Tutorial group meetings, group work and lectures.
Examination
Composition of a City File, presentation and a take-home exam.
140
SSC3049 Human Rights
Course coordinators
Prof. dr. F. Coomans, Faculty of Law, International and European Law, International Relations,
fons.coomans@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Prof. dr. J.C.M. Willems, Faculty of Law, International and European Law,
j.willems@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
SSC2024 International Law.
Objective
To provide a substantial introduction to international (universal and regional) human rights
norms and institutions in human rights treaties and related documents.
In this course we look at human rights from the inside: the obligations of states to uphold universal
standards and the mechanisms in place to transform national injustices into international concerns
giving rise to recommendations (but hardly sanctions) to governments, and accountability tools to
civil society. These obligations and mechanisms have been created after 1948 when the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights was adopted by the United Nations. Human rights are a universal
language intended to end discrimination and violence, reduce human suffering and promote human
development. Much has been achieved, in only a few decades, in international law. But even more
needs to be done in the national practice of states, in our own and other countries, through the
concerted efforts of all of us as responsible members of a global community and its human rights
instruments.
The group sessions in this course are devoted to problem based tasks and discussion of
assignments. Subjects to be discussed include universality and other key concepts, categories of
rights, non-state actors, several vulnerable groups, and all kinds of mechanisms, institutions,
committees and courts.
Literature
Ghandhi, Sandy (ed.), International Human Rights Documents. Oxford: OUP (last edition)
Moeckli, Daniel, et al. (eds.), International Human Rights Law. Oxford: OUP (last Edition).
Examination
A midterm and final exam (open questions).
141
SSC3050 Foreign Policymaking
Course coordinator

Prerequisite
SSC1006 International Relations.
Objective
To deal with foreign policy-making, foreign policy outputs and the implementation of
different foreign policies in international politics by using theoretical frameforks and practical
analyses.
The course starts with the analysis of International Relations theories and their applicability in foreign
policy decision-making. Main IR theories will be re-visited. The course deals with the actors, structures
and analyses of foreign policy, rational and psychological models, implementation of foreign polic, the
role of media and public opinion, the importance of national security and economic issues, and the
effect of the duties beyond borders.
In the course, students will discuss case-studies extensively. In each meeting, the theoretical
chapter will be combined and applied to a concrete case-study. Students will analyse world affairs not
only from the view point of the decision-makers, but also media, public opinion and third parties.
Literature
Steve Smith, Amelia Hadfield and Tim Dunne, (2012). Foreign Policy: Theories, Actors, Cases,
Oxford University Press, ISBN 978-0-19-959623-2.
E-Readers.
Examination
During the course, students will submit papers on the literature, theories and cases of the meetings.
Each report will be analytical and will reflect the application of the relevant literature. Final
examination will be either a take-home exam or a paper on a topic students choose and approved by
the tutor.
142
SSC3051 Contemporary Security Studies
Course coordinators

Prerequisite
SSC1006 International Relations.
Objectives
To illuminate the main theoretical assumptions of the several approaches of Security Studies
by placing the main focus on the more contemporary and critical ones.
To explore the ways how contemporary or critical Security Studies challenge traditional
security studies.
To discuss in what ways contemporary security approaches compare and contrast with each
other.
To emphasize the empirical application and practical use of such approaches by discussing
each approach with a relevant case study.
Security Studies during the Cold War was a rather limited and narrow sub-field of International
Relations mainly focusing on state security and defining threat only in military terms. By the end of
the Cold War period, new schools of thought have emerged in the field of Security Studies in parallel
with the emergence of new kinds of threats against human well-being and security. Today,
Contemporary Security Studies represents a large group of scholars, schools, approaches and
understandings.
This course deals with a number of these schools and approaches. It starts with an
introduction to the conventional security (Realism and Liberalism) and explains why these approaches
are found unsatisfactory by the academic community at the beginning of the 1990s. Then it explains
various theoretical positions from constructivism to Feminism (gender security), Green Theory
(environmental security) and Post-Colonialism (security from non-Western perspectives). Then it
introduces contemporary concepts like Securitisation which is developed by the Copenhagen School
and discusses security networks or security apparatus investigated by Paris or Sociological school.
Another relevant contemporary approach is called Human Security, and the course explains the
development of this concept. In general, the course aims at giving an idea to the students of
International Relations how Security Studies has developed as a separate sub-field of International
Relations, which was the biggest contribution of the Wales or Aberystwyth Schools.
The course also discusses several contemporary issues to give a broader understanding to
the students about the application of theories and approaches (such as poverty, migration,
Responsibility to Protect, Humanitarian Intervention, War Against Terror, and other contemporary
security issues).
Literature
Columba Peoples and Nick Vaughan-Williams (2010), Critical Security Studies: An
Introduction, Routledge.
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings and lectures. Attendance is compulsory.
Examination
Students have to submit a short paper, a book analysis and a final paper at the end. Papers should be
connected to the theories dealt with in this course. In addition to this, class participation will be taken
into account in the grading.
143
SSC3052 Cultural Criminology and Transitional Justice
Course coordinator
R. Moerland, Faculty of Law, Department of Criminal Law and Criminology,
roland.moerland@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)
H. Nelen, Faculty of Law, Criminal Law and Criminology
hans.nelen@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisites
Courses in law or sociology or political science or international relations or psychology or history and at least two
200 level courses in Social Sciences.
Objectives
Introduction to the criminological study of international crimes, with a focus on cultural criminological
theories and insights that are particularly relevant to understanding international crimes and other
gross human rights violations. The important role that language plays in conflict and international
crime is especially highlighted.
An understanding of transitional justice and how to deal with grave historical injustices from the past.
Although the course addresses the roles of many different actors, the role of the victim will receive
specific and more substantial attention.
An overview of different instruments for transitional justice such as apologies, commemoration, truth
telling, impunity, compensation, restoration, international and regional criminal tribunals, etc.
The first part of the course invites students to study international crimes from a cultural criminological
perspective. Central to this approach is the insight that violent conflict and crime are made into what they are by
all those involved. Crime is thus not simply a given, it is made into what it is before, during, and after it has
occurred by stakeholders such as bystanders, perpetrators, and victims who all engage in an dynamic
interactional process through which crime is socially constructed.
For many people the crime of genocide is a given, but like other crimes its definition is the outcome of a dynamic
process that was influenced by many complicating factors. Criminological labelling theory raises the question
whether certain actions are inherently criminal or is crime a label that we apply to behavior that we for some
reasons find problematic. We will address these questions and look into how international crimes are
constructed and renegotiated in academic, legal, political and public discourse.
The next part will focus on what in criminological literature is referred to as motivational accounting. We will look
into how those involved in conflict and crime use neutralizing and rationalizing narrative accounts to make sense
of their actions.
The second part of the course will start with an elaboration of the term transitional justice by using the main
concepts of restorative and retributive justice. We will address several transitional justice mechanisms and in this
analysis we will predominantly focus on the perspectives of the victims. Victims (and survivors) are not only a
group, but also individual human beings and their wishes and interests in the aftermath of large scale conflict can
be very diverse and even contradict the wishes of other victims or the group as such. What are their interests and
what are their views on transitional justice including possibilities of remedy and reparation?
In discussing the mechanisms of transitional justice, attention is paid to the following mechanisms: apologies,
commemoration, truth telling, impunity, compensation, restoration, international and regional criminal tribunals,
etc. The course will be concluded with a discussion of these various justice mechanisms and their potential to
contribution to sustainable peace.
In this course cases play an important role and throughout the course a wide variety of cases will be addressed
including Rwanda, Peru, Cambodia, Burundi, Darfur, Bosnia, East Timor, Iraq, Syria, Congo, Central African
Republic, etc.
Literature
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings, compulsory lectures and screening of documentaries.
Examination
A midterm take-home exam with open-ended essay questions and a final take-home exam consisting of a paper.
144
Course coordinator
Dr. P. Smeets, School of Business and Economics, Finance,
pm.smeets@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Prerequisite
Students should have taken one or more of the following three courses: SSC1027 Principles of
economics, SSC2022 Accounting and accountability or SSC2036 Introduction to Business
Administration.
Objectives
You get a broad overview of the field of finance.
You will be able to better understand financial articles in newspapers like the Financial Times, the Wall
Street Journal and the Economist.
You will be able to apply your knowledge to understand basic financial information of the firm or
institutions you will work for.
You deepen your knowledge on a specific financial topic of your choice on which you will work for your
project.

Todays business environment is more complicated than ever. This is illustrated by the recent financial
crises and topics like climate change that increasingly affect corporate decision making. Corporate
finance deals with the financing and investment decisions made by the management of companies in
the pursuit of shareholder wealth maximization. The course gives a broad overview of important
issues in corporate finance and combines insights from economics, business and psychology. The
economic side of corporate finance deals with the maximization of shareholder wealth. To this end
managers aim at securing the greatest possible return in exchange for accepting the smallest amount
of risk. For instance, a company can finance itself by borrowing money from banks, by issuing bonds
or through the stock market. These types of decisions influence the expected return and risk of the
company.
Traditional economics assumes that managers and investors are rational self-interested
people. However, there is a large body of evidence from social psychology and behavioral economics
that people often act irrationally and behave pro-socially by taking the social impact of decisions into
account. The course also shows how decision making biases influence managers and investors in their
financial decisions and how social preferences impact factors such as corporate social responsibility.
The course is largely based on real life cases that we discuss in an interactive manner.
Students will debate on topics such as should CEO bonuses be reduced? and is it important for
firms to put corporate social responsibility high on their agenda?
Literature
Berk, J. and P. DeMarzo, Corporate Finance - Pearson International Edition, Latest Edition,
Pearson Education, Inc.
Scientific articles.
Case Studies.
Examination
Written assignment, presentations and a final exam.
145
146
Skills Trainings (SKI)
147
SKI1004 Research Methods I
Course coordinator
J. Moes (MSc), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
jeroen.moes@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Semester Period ECTS Skills

Fall / Spring 1/4 2.5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
After taking Research Methods I, you will know about:
What research is, its philosophical foundations, and what the concepts are by which to
evaluate it.
Formulating a good research question, and matching it to a systematic research design.
Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods, and what their respective advantages are.
Interpreting research outcomes from a wide variety of approaches.
Basic statistics, sampling strategies, and survey question design.
Working with SPSS and executing basic commands.
Research is creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of
knowledge []. This goal can be achieved in a wide variety of ways. We can count things, add them
up, calculate statistics about them, and get a reliable overview of things. We can also describe those
things in great detail and question why they are the things that they are, and what that means in the
context of those things. Which approach is better? The answer is that this depends on what you want
to learn about those things. In other words, if we want to increase the stock of knowledge, it
partly depends on which knowledge you are interested in increasing (your puzzle and specific
questions), and partly also on what you consider knowledge to be in the first place. In Research
Methods I, we will address these issues in great detail, and we will go into how a research project can
be set up in alignment with the answers to these questions.
Research Methods I (SKI1004), Research Methods II (SKI1005), and the Research Project
(PRO1012) form one coherent semester-long block of courses in which you will start from scratch and
end with your own finished research project. Along the way, we will discuss a wide variety of research
approaches frequently used in the humanities, social sciences, and the sciences. Another goal of this
sequence of courses is for UCM as an academic community to further develop its
multi/interdisciplinary character, and for students to be able to reflect and comment on each others
work, no matter how diverse that may become in the course of the next three years.
The first component of this three-course block is Research Methods I. Within this block, you
will learn the basics of research: about the systematic and logical aspects that are (virtually) universal
across research styles, and about the differences that define them. We will develop a common
vocabulary to evaluate and talk about research, and we will work on where it all begins: asking the
right questions. From there, we will consider the sub-questions and hypotheses that flow from the
central research questions, the data (broadly defined) that we would need to find answers, and how
we can analyze that data.
Literature
Gray, D. E. (2014). Doing Research in the Real World (Third ed. ). London: Sage Publications.
Examination
Grades are based on (1) a written assignment due around halfway through the course and (2) a
research proposal due at the end of the course period.
SKI1005 Research Methods II
SKI2065 Quantitative Research Methods
SKI2085 Ethnography and Qualitative Interviewing I
PRO1012 Research Project
148
SKI1005 Research Methods II
Course coordinator

Fall / Spring 2/5 2.5
Prerequisite
SKI1004 Research Methods I.
Objectives
After taking Research Methods II, you will know about:
Designing a realistic research project.
Interviewing techniques and conducting basic qualitative research.
Designing and executing a basic survey.
Presenting your ideas in a poster format.
Basic methods in the sciences, and how a lab works.
Intermediate statistics, sampling strategies, and intermediate commands in SPSS.
In Research Methods II, we will build on the foundation laid out in Research Methods I to
work towards your own research proposal at the end of this course. Along the way, we will work on
designing a research project that is feasible with limited resources in terms of time and money, but
more importantly, we will work on some specific skills and techniques that will allow you to actually
go out and do research. In the research methods Project in period 3 or 6 you will execute that
proposal and finish with a paper presentation about your findings.
Literature
Gray, D. E. (2014). Doing Research in the Real World (Third ed. ). London: Sage Publications.
Examination
Grades are based on (1) a poster presentation due halfway through the course and (2) a research
proposal due at the end of the course period.
149
SKI1008 Introduction to Academic Skills I
Course coordinator
jenny.schell@maastrichtuniversity.nl (period 4)
I. Voets (BA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
Isabel.voets@maastrichtuniversity.nl (period 1)

Fall/Spring 1/4 2.5
This course is not open to exchange students.
Prerequisite
None.
Exchange students and students who have successfully completed Basic Study Skills I or Introduction
to Academe I cannot register for this course.
Objective
To acquaint students with the academic skills necessary for university and relevant for future
employment, as well as facilitate students development of these skills through several
written assignments and in-class exercises.
The transition from secondary to tertiary education is often experienced as a rather challenging one
for students, especially considering the expectations at university with regard to students academic
skills, such as essay writing, critical and analytical thinking, or skills such as argumentation. It is
therefore imperative to support and train students right from the start to take on a professional ethos
with regard to their university studies and their personal and academic development.
The skills course Introduction to Academic Skills consists of a semester-long program
spanning three periods. In this skills course students are encouraged to take their academic
development into their own hands. Seminars, practical sessions and (written) assignments will focus
on acquainting students with the core academic skills needed to be successful at university.
Moreover, the sessions are set up in such a way that students will be able to put their newly acquired
skills and insights into practice in the courses that run parallel to this skills course.
Through continuous reflection on their personal learning process, in combination with
periodic assessment of this process, students will be able to conclude this course with a clear
overview of their competencies with regards to general academic skills as well as specific skills such
as: academic study skills, research skills, analytical and critical thinking skills, academic writing skills,
(time) management and organizational skills.
Successful completion of SKI1008 is essential to be able to register for SKI1009 Introduction
to Academic Skills II.
Literature
Fowler, H. R., & Aaron, J. E. (2011). The Little Brown Handbook (12th ed.). New York: Pearson
Longman. (Earlier editions can also be used).
Computer training sessions, seminars and tutorial group meetings, during which students will do small
group exercises.
Examination
Several written assignments.
SKI1009 Introduction to Academic Skills II
PRO1010 Introducing Academic Communication: A Writing Project
PRO2003 Writing Project: The Journal
150
SKI1009 Introduction to Academic Skills II
Course coordinator
jenny.schell@maastrichtuniversity.nl (period 5)
I. Voets (BA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
Isabel.voets@maastrichtuniversity.nl (period 2)

Fall/Spring 2/5 2.5
Prerequisite
SKI1008 Introduction to Academic Skills I.
Objective
To acquaint students with different skills concerning Thinking through Writing. By the end
of this skills course, students will have practiced several analytical writing skills, and will be
ready to embark upon writing a longer academic paper during the project period.
The transition from secondary to tertiary education is often experienced as a rather challenging one
for students, especially considering the expectations at university with regard to students academic
skills, such as essay writing, critical and analytical thinking, or skills such as argumentation. It is
therefore imperative to support and train students right from the start to take on a professional ethos
with regard to their university studies and their personal and academic development.
The second part of the Introduction to Academic Skills series will require more academic
intensity of the students. Whereas the focus of Introduction to Academic Skills I was on the notion of
academia as an institution centered on thinking, with critical and analytical thinking and reflection as
its most apparent skills, Introduction to Academic Skills II will expand on this academic skill of
thinking by examining how one can use writing as a tool to think. The theme or red thread of
Introduction to Academic Skills II will therefore be Thinking through Writing, focusing on writing as a
means to an end rather than an end in itself.
The assignments of Introduction to Academic Skills II will focus on becoming acquainted with,
and practice, the (analytical) tools of describing and summarizing, comparing and contrasting, and
assessing a theory by applying it to a relevant example. These three analytical tools are inherent to
almost all written papers, both in the context of the university but also within academia as a whole.
The several assignments will be assessed on their level of compliance with the requirements set for
the assignments, as well as English grammar and spelling, style, and structure. Tutors will provide
extensive feedback to students on their writing skills in order for students to reflect on and improve
their academic writing skills.
Literature
Fowler, H. R., & Aaron, J. E. (2011). The Little Brown Handbook (12th ed.). New York: Pearson
Longman. (Earlier editions can also be used).
Examination
Written assignments.
151
SKI2000 Language Trainings
Course coordinator
Maastricht University Language Centre
www.maastrichtuniversity.nl/languages

Fall/Spring 1 / 2 and 4 / 5 2.5
Prerequisite
Language trainings are open to all UCM students. Within the UCM curriculum a language course counts as a 200-
level skills training. Each student can take up to two language courses or 5 ECTS in total. UCM uses a specific
registration procedure for language trainings (see below). To determine the level of a course that is suitable to a
student's proficiency in the language, the registration procedure includes an intake interview with a teacher of
the language in question.
Objective
Please refer to the website of the Language Centre UM, www.maastrichtuniversity.nl/languages, for further
information about the levels and content of the courses.
Description of the courses

Students can choose a language course from the list of courses that are on offer for UCM students as long as it is
not English or their native language. It goes without saying that the choice of a certain language course can be
related to future plans and the country students select for doing their semester abroad. However, this is not
obligatory.
Literature
Most courses use standard text- and workbooks that can be obtained at Studystore. In some courses materials
will be used that the Language Centre UM has developed. Those materials will be handed out to you by your
tutor or they will be sent to you by e-mail or EleUM. Further information on the books that need to be obtained
can be found at the website
www.maastrichtuniversity.nl/languages
Dutch courses run for 7 weeks (two sessions per week) or 14 weeks (with one session per week). The modern
languages courses run for 14 weeks (with one session per week). Please note that the majority of language
courses are taught in the evenings.
Examination
All language courses will use an assessment procedure to determine whether or not you have passed or failed
the course. The test results will be graded on a 10-point scale.
Attendance
Language courses have an attendance requirement of 85%, which means that you are allowed to miss two
sessions. If you miss three sessions you must give your tutor a valid reason. The tutor will then decide on the
validity of the reason. Only if your reason is held to be valid, you will be given an extra task by the tutor. If you
miss four sessions or more you fail the course.
Registration procedure
A list of language courses open to UCM students is printed on the registration form that can be obtained at the
Office of Student Affairs and the course registration environment under UCM Students in EleUM.
The registration procedure consists of

Selecting a training using the special UCM registration form. This form will be distributed with the
regular UCM course registration form.
An intake interview. If necessary the Language Center will send you a request for an intake interview to
determine your current proficiency.
On the form, you will find a more detailed description of registration and the deadlines that are applicable.
Please read it carefully before registering!
152
SKI2005 Back to the Sources
Course coordinator

Spring 4 2.5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To familiarize students with the most important types of primary sources (esp. on the history
of the EU) and the ways to find them (heuristic objective).
To stimulate a critical and methodical attitude towards sources (critical objective).
To differentiate between primary and secondary sources.
To appreciate the importance of primary sources for the study of historical phenomena in
general.
To recognize the different characteristics and pitfalls of the several types of primary sources.
Reading history is not the same as researching it. Researching history means pursuing ones own
enquiry into the past, instead of following another historians argument about it. Above all,
researching history implies not relying on second-hand information. Instead, it involves going back to
the primary historical sources as much as possible. However, going back to the sources is not as
simple and straightforward as it may sound. There are all sorts of difficulties involved, intellectual as
well as practical.
This Skills training is offering a first introduction to the ways historians deal with these
difficulties. During the Skills training, students will discuss the information-value of several historical
sources, especially public political statements, archival records and public opinion sources. The
several specific sources that you will discuss during the course will all be related to one specific
theme: the origins of the first European Community, the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC),
established in 1952 (and the first that ceased to exist, in 2002). This early episode in the history of
European integration is particularly suited for an introduction to historical research because a variety
of archival and other primary sources is readily available. It is also an interesting topic because it has
led to controversy among historians. What was the role of the leading politicians and officials
involved, especially Schuman and Monnet? To what extent did existing idealism about European unity
play a role? Or was the initiative to establish the ECSC rather inspired by national self-interest of the
states involved?
This Skills training will be a useful guide to those students who are keen on doing historical
research in the future. But it will also prove to be of value to those with a general interest in history
and in the history of the European integration process in particular. By offering knowledge and
insights on how the historian works, it will mentally equip students to assess the strong and the weak
aspects of the histories they will be reading. This will enable them to inform themselves on specific
topics, especially topics concerned with the process of European integration.
Literature
E-Readers.
Four meetings in which the literature and the written assignments are discussed.
Examination
Written assessment. Three short papers spread over the course.
153
SKI2007 Presentation Skills
Course coordinator
To be announced, Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht

Fall/Spring 1/4 2.5
Prerequisites
Students must be familiar with PowerPoint or another type of slideware. A PowerPoint training was
offered to all students that participated in Introduction to Academic Skills I and II. Students that did
not attend the training should contact the coordinator of SKI2007 Presentation Skills and obtain a
copy of the training manual.
Objectives
To focus on presentation skills for informative presentations of an academic nature.
To learn how to convey complex information in an interdisciplinary setting.
To learn how to find the right academic approach to presenting a topic.
To improve these skills by practicing different aspects of presenting.
During the training we will pay attention to:

Preparation: brainstorming, organizing and outlining your presentations.
Delivery: gestures, attitude and the use of visual aids.
Content: working out an introduction, body and conclusion for your presentation, employing
forms of support like explanations and examples, setting up main points and subpoints, and
comparing and contrasting information.
Structure: using a logical sequence of information.
Audience: analyzing the audience and adapting to its knowledge, interacting with it and
dealing with questions.
Feedback: providing your peers with constructive feedback as well as receiving and dealing
with feedback from your audience.
Students will study and practice different aspects of a presentation. All students will give a number of
presentations and discuss their outlines, content and the final delivery with their fellow group
members. First, students will give a presentation on a set topic. Then students can decide on their
own topics to present, usually within their field of interest. The purpose is to be able to convincingly
convey information about a topic that you are knowledgeable about to other people.
Besides giving presentations, an important aspect of this training is giving and receiving
constructive feedback. Both the trainer and your fellow students will provide you with feedback and
you will be asked to provide feedback several times. Students are expected to use the feedback to
improve their skills. The training will help you to prepare future presentations, either at UCM or as
part of a future job or master program.
Literature
E-Readers.
Tutorial group meetings anda lecture.
Examination
Graded presentations.
154
SKI2049 Argumentation I
Course coordinator
W. Giernalczyk (MA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
wolfgang.giernalczyk@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 1/4 2.5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
This skills training provides a general introduction to the analysis of arguments. At the end of the skills training
students should be able to:
Identify and carve out the underlying structures and logical connections of written and verbal
arguments.
Translate these structures into a visual representation by drawing patterns of these arguments.
Evaluate arguments with regards to their structure and content by applying Goviers ARG method
(this entails the ability to identify fallacies).
Build and present own arguments in a structured and cogent fashion, taking the evaluative criteria of
the ARG method into account.
Help students to structure papers, exam answers and presentations.

In this skills training we work from two fundamental assumptions regarding arguments:
1. They have a specific structure, which can be made visible and evaluated.
2. The quality of an argument depends on its structure as much as it depends on its content.
In order to get a grip on arguments the course is divided into four parts that introduce information and
exercises to gradually develop the skill of argument analysis. The first part will serve as an introduction discussing
the general characteristics and typology of arguments. Furthermore, in this part students learn how arguments
can be standardized and how their structure can be visualized by drawing patterns. The core question this part of
the course seeks to answer is: What is the structure of arguments and how can one reveal that structure? This
part of the course will also contain an introductory lecture, called Standardizing Arguments.
In part two an informal but systematic method for evaluating the quality of arguments, the ARG-
method, is introduced. By assessing the acceptability of premises, the relevance of premises with regards to the
conclusion they are supposed to support, and the logical connection between premises and the following
conclusion, the ARG-method enables us to examine both structure and content of an argument. During this part
of the course an introduction to bad arguments, so-called fallacies, is provided as well. A Lecture, Evaluating
Arguments, will accompany this part of the course.
In the third part the knowledge and skills provided in the first two parts will be applied to complete
texts, seeking to isolate the arguments they present in a systematic way and evaluate whether or not they are
good arguments. Examples in the context of academic discourse and politics will be examined.
Part four moves beyond the analysis of already existing arguments. Rather, standardization and
patterns of arguments, as well as the ARG-method, will be used to construct arguments.
Note: Students considering enrolling for the skill trainings in argumentation should be aware that the course will
not focus on rhetoric and debating skills (although it can be assumed that the analytical skills acquired in this
course will be helpful for debates).
Literature
E-Readers with various articles and chapters on argument analysis and logic.
Assignment-based discussion, supplemented by lectures.
Examination
A midterm assignment asking students to do an analysis of one of their own papers using the techniques of
argument analysis and a final assignment in which students compose an argument of their own.

SKI3002 Argumentation II
PRO3008 Think Tank
155
Course coordinator
Prof. dr. W. Gijselaers, School of Business and Economics, Educational Research & Development,
w.gijselaers@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 1 2.5
Prerequisites
SKI1004 Research Methods I and SKI1005 Research Methods II.
Objectives
To be able to carry out a complete empirical study based on a topic of your interest.
To develop a theoretical framework that guides you in formulating research questions and
hypotheses.
To collect data by using published research instruments.
To evaluate which data-analysis methods can be used in your research.
To analyze your data and draw conclusions about your research.
To present your research to other student researchers.
The course Quantitative Research Methods (SKI2065) builds further on the courses Research Methods
I & II. We will train you in preparing your own research, as well as collecting and analyzing data. It is a
hands-on skills training that guides you through various stages of the research process. You will learn
step-by-step how to formulate research questions, where to find relevant literature, and how to
design your research study. The course consists of a series of short practical assignments that make
you familiar with various methodological and statistical issues. These assignments serve as
preparation for the core task of the course: design your own research in a small research team. We
will encourage you to design a small-scale study about questions that are formulated by your student
team.
In week 1 you will learn how to build new data sets based on data that were collected by the
course-evaluation system of Maastricht University. Week 2 pays attention to different ways of
analyzing these data. In addition we will train you in presenting research results using tables & figures.
Week 3 covers the issues you need to resolve when designing your own small-scale study, i.e. define
your theoretical model, develop your (experimental) research design, and decide which measures can
be used to collect data. At the same time, you will be trained on how to write short research reports
about your research method and results.
From week 4 onwards you will have the opportunity to investigate your own research
questions (without restriction) within a small student team. It is up to student teams to decide what
they want to research, how to research it, and how to analyze the data you collected. For example, in
previous courses students researched the effects of alcohol and narcotics (ab)use on course results;
whether use of different news media is related to social-economic class; how students memory and
text recall is affected by visual distractors; or whether being in love has any effect on student
achievement. Week 4 and 5 put data collection central. Data analysis is the focus of week 6. In the
final part of the course students present their research to other students and staff.
Literature
Nardi, P. M. (2006). Doing survey research: A guide to quantitative methods. Boston, MA:
Pearson Education, Inc.
Additional readings may be made available through the class website.
Tutorial group meetings, supporting lectures and, if needed, meetings with the research teams.
Examination
Research reports and a presentation.
156
SKI2077 Lab Skills: Cell Biology
Course coordinators
Cell Biology,
bert.schutte@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Spring 4 2.5
Prerequisite
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SCI2037 Cell Biology. Students who wish to
take this course should concurrently enroll in SCI2037 Cell Biology or have taken it or SCI2003
Molecular Genetics and Cell Biology.
Objective
To develop laboratory skills in the field of cell biology.
Description
The aim of this course is to develop competences in the planning and performance of experiments
and evaluation of results using common techniques in molecular genetics and cell biology. The course
starts with an introductory lecture providing information on the assignments as well as an
introduction into Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and Safe Laboratory Practice (SLP). Students
perform experiments on several different topics.
Literature
There is no main book for this course. A list of suggested readings is provided; these books
are all available in the Reading Room at UCM and/or in the library at the UNS50. In addition
to the books, some E-Readers will be posted on EleUM.
Practical assignments and lectures. The practical assignmets take place at the laboratories of the
Faculty of Medicine, Health and Life Sciences (FMHL) in Randwijck.
Examination
Assessment will be based on written assignments (in pairs of 2 students) prior to each practical, a
presentation (in pairs of 2 students) to conclude the practical sessions, and a written exam in the final
week.
157
SKI2079 Lab Skills: Human Anatomy & Histology
Course coordinators
Dr. L. Khler, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Anatomy & Embryology,
leo.koehler@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 5 2.5
Prerequisite
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SCI2009 Human Physiology. Students who wish to take
this course should concurrently enroll in SCI2009 Human Physiology or have taken it or SCI2008 Homeostatic
Principles of Human Physiology before.
Objective
To gain knowledge and experience in microscopic studies of the histology of blood vessels, tissue types
and organs.
To gain knowledge and experience in macroscopic studies on corpses with regard to the anatomy of the
thorax and abdomen.
To gain knowledge and experience in macroscopic studies on human plastinates and models with
regard to the anatomy of the kidney, lungs, heart, vessels and the digestive tract.
The aim of this skills training is to familiarize students with skills and knowledge concerning human anatomy and
histology. The histology part entails a practical introduction to virtual microscopy, followed by microscopic
studies of the histology of blood vessels and individual cell types and structures in diverse tissues of the
circulatory, urinary, respiratory and digestive tract where the computer serves as microscope. Each virtual
microscopy session start with a short 15-min lecture introducing the topic. During the sessions, students use a
handbook (Powerpoint file) with tasks and questions. At the end of each session students will have produced
their own booklet, complete with annotated histology pictures. If in possession of a histology book, it is highly
advisable to bring it to the course. Students are encouraged to work in groups of two (histology) or more
(anatomy) to discuss their findings. The macroscopy part of the course entails an introduction to the autopsy
room. Students will perform observatory studies on corpses, models and human plastinates guided by a list of
tasks and questions, part of which needs to be studied in advance at home.
Literature
Gartner, L.P. & Hiatt, J.L. (2007). Color Textbook of Histology. (3rd ed.). Philadelphia: Elsevier. (UM-
Library).
th
Junqueira, Basic histology, a text and atlas. (13 ed.). Online edition:
http://accessmedicine.mhmedical.com/content.aspx?bookid=574&sectionid=42524590
st
Kierszenbaum, A. (2001). Histology and Cell Biology. (1 ed.). Philadelphia: Mosby. (UM-Library).
th
Ross, M.H. & Pawlina, W. (2011) Histology, a text and atlas. (6 ed.). Philadelphia, Wolters Kluwer.
th
Netter, F. (2006) Atlas of Human Anatomy. (4 ed.). Philadelphia: Elsevier. (UM-Library).
th
Sobotta, J., Putz, R., Pabst, R., Putz, R., Bedoui, S. (2006). Atlas of Human Anatomy. (14 ed.). Mnchen:
Elsevier. (UM-Library).
Drake, R.L., Vogl, W., Mitchell, A.W.M., Shaw, A.-M., Gray, H. (2005). Grays Anatomy for Students.
Philadelphia: Elsevier. (UM-Library).
th
Agur, A.M.R., Dailey, A. F. (2013) Grants Atlas of Anatomy. (13 ed.) Philadelphia, Wolters Kluwer.A
Practical instruction manuals and short atlasses (E-reader).
Practical assignments and lectures. The practical assignments take place at the laboratories of the Faculty of
Medicine, Health and Life Sciences (FMHL) in Randwijck.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on four written short tests after every studied organ, a written exam at the end
of the course, and the students functioning during the practical sessions (formative).
158
SKI2083 Strategy and Negotiation
Course coordinator

Spring 5 2.5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To provide students with knowledge of the theories relating to strategy and negotiation.
To train students in negotiation and strategy making.
Students will concentrate on basic strategy and negotiation logic and skills, i.e. the successful pursuit
of your aims by understanding the tools and tricks of the trade.
Strategy and negotiation are central to almost every area of life. From the seminar room to the
boardroom individuals strive to further various interests by persuasion and careful planning. The
formulation of strategy is refined by use of a range of analytical tools and these need to be learnt and
practised. Much the same can be said for carrying out negotiations. This course aims to make
students aware of the importance and relevance of negotiation and strategy and to provide the tools
necessary to be effective negotiators.
Literature
To be announced
Assignment-based discussion. The skills training also contains practical assignments.
Examination
A group simulation grade, a contribution to a group position paper, and an individual paper.
159
SKI2084 Writing in an Academic Context: Improving Argumentation and Style
Course coordinator

Fall/Spring 2/5 2.5
Prerequisite
None.
Objectives
To improve your knowledge of argument and style.
To develop an understanding of the ways in which style and persuasion relate to the craft
of writing.
To read and write critically.
To become more aware of the processes that produce quality writing.
This course is designed to assist students in polishing their writing skills. You will more than likely
have already written a number of papers for various courses before attending this course; therefore,
this course will not review very basic writing information. Rather, SKI2084 will help students look
deeper into style while writing in English, and re-visit successful means of argumentation.
By studying and practicing specific rhetorical tools, students will learn the importance of
balancing an agreeable style with a persuasive argument. In this course, it will not all be about
content. Your writing will matter. This means that you will have to look beyond the general ideas in
your essays, in order to see the mechanisms of how your essay works, especially on a technical level.
In other words, you will work to understand what you are doing in your writing and why becoming
more critical which is more about learning the craft of writing in English than simply writing in
English. Writing critically is enhanced by the ability to read critically; therefore, this course will also
supply ample opportunities for you to learn to read critically as you hone your writing skills
It is safe to say this course is interactive and writing intensive. This means you will be reading
and writing both inside and outside of class. You will also be writing with your fellow students, and
critiquing their writing, as they will critique yours. Although sharing your writing with others can be
intimidating for some students, rest assured that this writing course is a safe space for you to work,
make mistakes, and improve your skills.
Literature
Additional
Writing Spaces Open Textbook Chapters; http://writingspaces.org/essays.
Purdue Online Writing Lab; http://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/section/1/2/.
The Little Brown Handbook 10th edition (Available in the UCM Reading Room).
Tutorial group meetings, micro-lectures, full-class discussion and small group discussion, with in-class
reading, writing and workshopping.
Examination
Reading and Writing assignments (inside and outside the classroom), Critiques of other students
writing, In-class Participation, Various Essay assignments, Final Essay and Presentation (variable).
This course is a prerequisite for the following course(s) :
HUM3029 Literature and Psychology
160
Course coordinator

Fall 1 2.5
Prerequisites
SKI1004 Research Methods I, SKI1005 Research Methods II and PRO1012 Research Project.
Recommended
This course is for students with a background or sincere interest in sociology, anthropology and/or cultural
studies.
Objectives
To get a general impression of the qualitative research process and its fundamental differences to
quantitative data analysis.
To become familiar with the art of qualitative interviewing.
To practice taking fieldnotes.
To provide students with hands-on experience in crafting their own study and writing a feasible
research proposal.

Qualitative Research is an overarching term for a diverse range of approaches and methods within different
research disciplines. Qualitative researchers essentially study things in their natural settings, attempting to make
sense of, or interpret, phenomena in terms of the meanings people bring to them (Ritchie 2003: 3). Ethnography
is one form of qualitative research and means literally writing culture (Hesse-Biber 2006: 230). Often called
participant observation, ethnography is based on the simple idea, that in order to understand what people are
up to, it is best to observe them by interacting with them up close and personal within their everyday lives.
Ethnographers provide detailed accounts of the everyday practices of a culture, subculture, organisation or group
by hanging out, observing and recording the ongoing social life by taking fieldnotes and/or providing thick
descriptions (Hesse-Biber 2006: 230).
This is part one of an overall sequence of three skills trainings within which students design and
implement their own study, analyze the data collected, and report on their research findings. In this first module
students will learn about various research tools, such as participant observation and qualitative interviewing.
Students will learn how to take fieldnotes and will be introduced to various forms of interviewing, such as the
structured interview, the in-depth interview, focus groups and life history interviews. Taking fieldnotes and
interviewing will be practiced in and outside of the classroom. Moreover, students will be guided through the
process of crafting a feasible research question and the appropriate design for the study that they will pursue in
the follow up modules of this course. The research questions will provide the basis for students investigations.
What is to be investigated is entirely up to the student(s). However they will be provided with guidance in the
formulation of their topics.
In this course, students will have to conduct at least one interview, thus you will need to have access to
a tape recorder and/or video camera.
Note: This is a time and labor intensive skills training, especially once you have begun data collection in the
second module of the course. Most of the work that you are required to accomplish will occurr outside of the
class setting. Students are expected to work independently and should count on having to invest an extra two to
four hours per week for interviewing, transcribing the interviews and working on the data analysis.
Literature
Hesse-Biber, S.N. (2011). The Practice of Qualitative Research. Sage Publication, Thousand Oaks,
California, Second Edition.
Burawoy, M. (2000). Global Ethnography. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Excerpts from several books on qualitative research that are available at the UCM reading room, for
example, Silverman, D. (2005). Doing Qualitative Research, Rubin, H. (2005). Qualitative Interviewing:
The Art of Hearing Data and Ritchie, J. (2003). Qualitative Research Practice.
Lectures, group discussions and in class exercises on interviewing and taking fieldnotes.
Examination
Presentation of two qualitative studies and a written research proposal.
SKI3052 Ethography and Qualitative Interviewing II
PRO3009 Ethography and Qualitative Interviewing III
PRO3008 Think Tank
161
SKI2086 Lab Skills: Biochemistry
Course coordinators
Prof. dr. C. Reutelingsperger, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of
Biochemistry,
c.reutelingsperger@maastrichtuniversity.nl
N. Deckers, Faculty of Health, Medicine and Life Sciences, Department of Biochemistry,
n.deckers@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Fall 2 2.5
Prerequisite
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SCI2035 Biochemistry. Students who wish to
take this course should concurrently enroll in SCI2035 Biochemistry or have taken SCI2035
Biochemistry before.
Objective
To develop laboratory skills in the field of biochemistry.
Laboratory skills are essential for students who want to pursue a Life Science oriented master study.
In this skills training you will get acquainted with the basic laboratory skills in biochemistry. Training
involves safety and Good Laboratory Practice, as well as some essential biochemistry techniques like
DNA isolation, enzyme kinetics, adsorption/fluorescence spectroscopy, gel electrophoresis, and
protein purification. You will work in teams of two and prepare your own protocol for each practical.
Literature
Reed, R., Holmes, D., Weyers, J., Jones, A. (2007). Practical Skills in Biomolecular Sciences.
(3rd ed.). Essex: Pearson Education Limited (Reading Room).
Practical instructions and background texts (E-reader).
An introductory lecture and practicals. The practicals take place at the laboratories of the Faculty of
Medicine, Health and Life Sciences (FMHL) in Randwijck.
Examination
Student evaluation will be based on written protocol proposals (in pairs of two students) and lab
journal entries for each practical, written lab reports (in pairs of two students) for 2 of the practicals,
and a final practical exam.
162
SKI2088 Lab Skills: Genetics
Course coordinator
Dr. S. Stevens, Dept. of Clinical Genetics, Maastricht University Medical Centre,
servi.stevens@mumc.nl

Fall 1 2.5
Prerequisite
This course is designed to be taken in combination with SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution. Students
who wish to take this course should concurrently enroll in SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution or have
taken SCI2022 Genetics and Evolution before.
Objective
To develop basic laboratory skills in the field of genetics.
The aim of this course is to develop basic competences in the planning and performance of
experiments and the evaluation of results, using common techniques in genetics. The course consists
of 6 sessions of approx. 4 hours and covers topics such as DNA isolation/purification, DNA
amplification by Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), DNA agarose gelelectrophoresis, metaphase
culture and chromosome analysis by light microscopy (karyotyping), Fluorescence In Situ
Hybridisation (FISH) and in silico analyses of gene structure, mutations and DNA conservation using
online genetic analysis tools. For the experiments, clinical specimens of patients suspected of having
common genetic diseases will be used (e.g. Down syndrome, myeloproliferative disease, Turner
syndrome etc.). The emphasis will be on genetic-diagnostic testing. The course furthermore provides
basic knowledge on Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and Laboratory Safety Regulations. In addition,
the first session will train pipeting skills (if necessary). Students will work in couples. Each session
requires approx. 4 hours hands-on time in the lab, plus 1-2 hrs of preparation beforehand and 1-2 hrs
for reporting afterwards. Lab experience is not required, although biological and chemical background
knowledge at secondary school level is recommendable for full understanding of the provided
techniques.
Literature
A course manual containing background information on the experiments and experimental protocols
will be provided. For each training session the manual will contain questions that will help the
student to prepare the experiments.
This course consists of an introductory lecture and 6 practical trainings. These take place at the
laboratories of the Faculty of Medicine, Health and Life Sciences (FMHL) at the Randwijck campus
(Universiteitssingel 50 and 60).
Examination
A written report (per couple) and an individual exam consisting of multiple choice and open
questions.
163
SKI3002 Argumentation II
Course coordinator
W. Giernalczyk (MA), Faculty of Humanities and Sciences, University College Maastricht,
wolfgang.giernalczyk@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall 2 2.5
Prerequisite
SKI2049 Argumentation I.
Objectives
Argumentation II is the sequel to Argumentation I. In this respect the main objective of
Argumentation II is to further develop the skills of argument analysis and design. The particular focus
of this skills training will be on the structure of arguments. At the end of the course students should
be able to:
Formally evaluate the validity of arguments by applying the basic methods of sentential logic.
Identify and assess the different functions different parts of an argument fulfill according to
the Toulmin model.
Build and present arguments of their own according to the Toulmin model.
In this sequel to SKI2049 Argumentation I, we will zoom in on the structure of arguments. In the first
part of the skills training we will utilize a strictly formal, almost mathematical approach, to argument
analysis and explore basic sentential logic. Sentential logic introduces a simple set of rules and
procedures that allow us to test whether an argument is formally valid, i.e. if its structure is correct,
independent of its content. To test for the validity of an argument in this way, the structure of English
sentences will be separated from their content by translating the sentences into symbols; afterwards
formal rules will be applied (by using truth tables and semantic tableaus) to check whether an
argument logically works or not.
While the first part of the skills training concentrates on skills related to logical reasoning, the
second part aims to demonstrate how such skills can be used, even if a strictly formal way of
argument analysis is not applicable. This is done by introducing the Toulmin model of argumentation.
This model goes beyond the basic distinction of premises and conclusions as constituent parts of
arguments by distinguishing the different functions that premises can fulfill. The Toulmin model is
more flexible than argumentative analysis based on formal logic, but also more specific than the tools
introduced in Argumentation I. Therefore it can be a powerful tool for specific and sophisticated
argumentative analysis. Such analyses will be conducted during the course, first on small, simplified
academic arguments and afterwards on a larger scale, analyzing an academic paper. Finally, in the
final assignment, students are asked to apply the Toulmin model to design an argument themselves.
Literature
E-Readers.
Assignment-based discussions supplemented by lectures.
Examination
A written midterm exam concerning the use of formal logic and an assignment requiring designing an
argument using the Toulmin model at the end of the course.
PRO3008 Think Tank
164
SKI3050 Preparing Conference I
Course coordinator

Fall 1 2.5
NB: Students who register for SKI3050 Preparing Conference I, must also take SKI3051 Preparing
Conference II and PRO3006 Conference. It is not possible to take any of these modules separately due
to the specific nature of these skills trainings and the project.
Prerequisite
Students should be at least in their fourth semester at UCM, i.e. it is necessary that students have
passed several courses, skills trainings and projects on a 200 level and/or a 300 level in Humanities,
Sciences and/or Social Sciences. This is necessary, since students will base their individual contribution
to the conference on their UCM curriculum.
Recommended
SKI2007 Presentation Skills.
Objectives
To train students in skills required for preparing an academic conference.
To train students to work out a proposal for an individual contribution to a conference.
To give students the opportunity to position their interest within a field of their choice and
academic fields in general and express that by means of activities at a conference, such as
lectures and workshops.
To train students in reviewing a topic in their field of interest and turn that into an
informative session and workshop for the conference.
To train students in discussing and interpreting concepts related to education and
scholarship in general and specifically in Liberal Arts and Sciences.
To train students to work together and set up a plan for a conference.
A conference is a platform for scholars or professionals to meet and share ideas, present new
discoveries and connect to fellow academics. At a conference, papers and research posters are
presented, workshops are offered for skills development, and seminars are held to familiarise the
scientific community with current academic topics and new developments. As an academic you visit a
conference to present your own work, see others work and to start possible collaborations.
This skills training focuses on the preparation and planning of a conference. Students will write an
extensive plan for the annual UCM Liberal Arts and Sciences Conference to be held in the third period
of this semester. Students will do the following in order to develop the conference plan and blueprint:
1) Discuss the shared assumptions, values and goals of Liberal Arts and Sciences and an open
curriculum.
2) Discuss the concept of scholarship.
3) Discuss teaching and learning in terms of knowledge, skills and attitudes and use the
discussion as a basis for to proposing activities for the conference such as workshops and
lectures.
4) Discuss individual interests and compare interests within the group to find similarities and
differences and turn that into illustrative examples of Liberal Arts and Sciences that can be
used for e.g. workshops and lectures at the conference.
5) Conduct an analysis of the target group for the conference.
6) Inform themselves on different approaches to writing reviews and apply that to writing a
review that will be the basis of their informative session and workshop at the conference.
Note that this skills training (and its follow-ups) is not only about presentation and organisation skills.
It also aims to give students the opportunity to learn more about education and teaching and
instructional design.The skills training relies heavily on students personal experiences from having
been in a liberal arts and sciences program for several semesters and on being able to make that
explicit to others. On the one hand, this will be used while preparing the conference and to inform
first semester UCM students. On the other hand, participating students will benefit from the skills
165
training and its follow-ups by fostering a preparation for e.g. Capstone and masters applications for
which a profound understanding and expression of a students academic interest will be necessary.
A wide variety of individual interests in the Sciences, Social Sciences and Humanities is
welcomed in order to offer a diverse conference. The skills training fosters an interdisciplinary
approach among the participating students.
Literature
E-Readers.
Training, feedback and peer review in small groups.
Examination
Students will be assessed and graded on the group assignments and the individual assignments that
contribute and are part of the conference plan.
SKI3051 Preparing Conference II
PRO3006 Conference
166
SKI3051 Preparing Conference II
Course coordinator

Fall 2 2.5
NB: Students who register for SKI3051 Preparing Conference II, must also take PRO3006 Conference.
It is not possible to take any of these modules separately due to the specific nature of the skills
training and the project.
Prerequisite
SKI3050 Preparing Conference I.
Recommended
SKI2007 Presentation Skills.
Objectives
To train students in working from a plan for a conference towards working out the content
and setup of specific activities at a conference, such as lectures and workshops.
To train students in using a framework for instructional design and apply its principles to
their individual contributions to the conference.
To train students in writing scripts for their individual contributions to the conference and
the plenary sessions that will be offered.
To train students to work together on preparing a conference.
This is the follow up skills training to SKI3051 Preparing Conference I. Students will use the plan that
was created in the first period to further develop their individual contribution to the conference that
will be held in the third period of the semester. In order to do so, students will inform themselves on
different approaches to teaching people skills and knowledge and apply that to working out scripts for
the information sessions, workshops and plenary sessions they will offer at the conference.
This skills training puts a strong emphasis on instructional design. Individual contributions to
the conference are considered to be educational units and approached as such. For participating
students, this will be an opportunity to gain experience with developing and designing intended
learning objectives and teaching and learning activities for a target group and audience.
In addition, the group will focus on the organisation of the conference and make all
necessary preparations. At the end of this period, students will have finalized and/or drafted all the
necessary material for the conference.
Literature
E-Readers.
Training, feedback and peer review in small groups.
Examination
Students will be assessed and graded on both the group assignments and the individual assignments
that contribute to the preparation of the conference.
PRO3006 Conference
167
SKI3052 Ethnography and Qualitative Interviewing II
Course coordinator

Fall 2 2.5
Prerequisite
SKI2085 Ethnography and Qualitative Interviewing I.
Objectives
To provide students with hands-on experience in collecting data for their own study, i.e.
students will gain experience in doing observations, taking fieldnotes, and qualitative
interviewing.
To experience transcribing interviews.
To become familiar with qualitative data analysis.
This is the second of a three module course on qualitative research methods. This module builds on
what students have learned in part I and is designed to guide them through the steps of data
collection for their own qualitative study. Students will work on gaining access to their research site
and will begin the interview process and/or their observations and conversations with their research
participants as participant observers. Students will be introduced to the process of transcribing the
interviews, coding the data and memo writing. All three steps are part of the qualitative data analysis.
As students develop their research projects, they will be challenged to link their specific research
questions to larger processes and forces. They will also be asked to consider who might find this
research useful and how the results of their investigations might be utilized to promote social change.
In-depth analysis of the intricacies underlying contemporary social, cultural, and political discourses
and practices, provides the basis for good social research.
Note: This is a time and labor intensive course, especially once you have begun data collection. Most
of the work that you are required to accomplish for the course will occurr outside of the class setting.
Students are expected to work independently and should count on having to invest an extra two to
four hours per week for interviewing, transcribing the interviews and working on the data collection.
Literature
Hesse-Biber, S.N. (2011). The Practice of Qualitative Research. Sage Publication, Thousand
Oaks, California, Second Edition.
Excerpts from several books on qualitative research that are available at the UCM Reading
Room, for example, Silverman, D. (2005). Doing Qualitative Research Robin, H. (2005).
Qualitative Interviewing: The Art of Hearing Data and Ritchie, J. (2003). Qualitative Research
Practice.
Examination
Key aspects of work produced during data collection and analysis.
PRO3009 Ethography and Qualitative Interviewing III
PRO3008 Think Tank
168
Projects (PRO)
169
Course coordinator
jenny.schell@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Semester Period ECTS Project

Fall/Spring 3/6 5
Prerequisites
SKI1008 Introduction to Academic Skills I and SKI1009 Introduction to Academic Skills II.
Objective
The aim of this project is to acquaint students with the process and practice of writing a
research paper. Furthermore, the goal is to familiarize them with working in a group. The
tutor will assist students in this process and will be available to offer support, guidance and
feedback. The emphasis of this project, however, will lie upon students own input, planning
and group work.
Communication plays an important part in everyday life; however, within academia communication is
essential. Having good communication skills involves being able to express your ideas and findings in a
clear and concise manner, within the strict guidelines laid out by the scientific community. In this
project students will practice writing an academic piece that adheres to these guidelines and that can
be considered academically sound. Students will be expected to put the learned skills in Intro to
Academic Skills I & II into practice and write an extensive research paper. The project is mainly based
on peer-to-peer education; by writing a paper within a small group students will be able to both share
their skills and knowledge and learn from each other.
Literature
Required reading material will be available in PDF format on EleUM.
Examination
Written assignments.
170
Course coordinator

Fall / Spring 3/6 5
Prerequisites
SKI1004 Research Methods I and SKI1005 Research Methods II.
Objectives
After doing the Research Project, you will know about:
Conducting a well-designed research project from start to finish.
Academic writing in the context of empirical research.
Presenting empirical research outcomes.
The Research Project is the conclusion of your research methods training, and an opportunity
to put everything you learned in to practice. We will build on the foundation laid out in Research
Methods I, and on the practical skills learned in Research Methods II. You ended Research Methods II
with a final research proposal, which forms the starting point for the Research Project. Assuming that
this final proposal was indeed fully ready for execution, you can start gathering data and/or analyzing
your data from day one of the Research Project. You will finish with an extended paper that presents
your findings.
Recommended Literature
Gray, D. E. (2014). Doing Research in the Real World (Third ed.). London: Sage Publications.
Tutorial group meetings for feedback on the paper.
Examination
Grades are based on the final research project outcome. It is assumed that this normally takes the
form of an empirical paper, but alternative forms are possible if your tutor approves.
171
Course coordinator

Fall/Spring 3/6 5
Prerequisites
SKI1008 Introduction to Academic Skills I, SKI1009 Introduction to Academic Skills II and PRO1010
Introducing Academic Communication: A Writing Project.
Objectives
To further enhance writing and reading skills.
To do an in-depth analysis of a topic, using the knowledge (theoretical framework, factual
context, overall interpretations and analyses) acquired during regular courses.
To learn how to write an academic review of a paper, and how to respond to such reviews in
a professional manner.
To gain familiarity with academic journals and their mode of operation.
The overall format of the project is that of a fictitious academic, peer-reviewed journal, for which the
members of a tutorial group serve both as editors and contributors. Students will select a tutorial
group dedicated to a particular topic. Under the guidance of the tutors and aided by the feedback
from their peers, students will write a research paper in which they explore the topic of their group,
and use, refer to and compare several sources dealing with the topic. The general topic is the same
for all members of a group but students may examine their own specific research question within the
broader topic. During the process of researching and writing, the work of all group members will be
evaluated by their peers, on the basis of criteria agreed upon by the group as relevant and fitting for
their journal (in addition to a set of basic criteria given beforehand). The final papers will be bundled
in the journal of that tutorial group.
Literature
Reading lists from tutors of each tutorial group.
Independent literature research.
Please be aware that:
Towards the end of period 2 or 5 (depending on when the course is taken) students must sign up for a
specific journal topic. There is a choice of several different topics that reflect the expertise of UCM
academic staff (international relations, economics, law, sociology, psychology, the arts, history and
philosophy).
Short descriptions of each topic will be published on EleUM in due course, and the Office of
Student Affairs will provide sign-up sheets.
Tutorial group meetings and possible lectures. Please note that the project spans over the four weeks
of the project period and that there is a 100% attendance requirement. In addition to tutorials,
groups are highly encouraged to meet without the tutor in order to ensure a unified and cohesive
product (the physical journal) in the end.
Examination
A research paper, a proposal (pass/fail), a critical review of another students work (pass/fail), and an
academic journal (group grade).
172
PRO2004 Project Academic Debate
Course coordinator

Fall/Spring 3/6 5
Prerequisites
Courses relevant to the topics of that particular year.
Objectives
To equip students with essential debating and communication skills.
To introduce students to the practice of speaking in a public setting.
To become an expert on a topic of their choice (the debate topic).
Debating skills are an important component of academic life. In this 200 level-project, students will
prepare, present and defend a position for an academic debate. There will be a yes (pro) and a no
(con) position for each groups particular theme. The topics that are available are central issues that
have emerged out of a wide range of UCM courses from different concentrations taught during the
academic year. Each topic group will have two teams, each arguing one side of the case.
In this course you will work on your debating and communication skills. The emphasis lies on
delivery and content. It is not only important to think about what you deliver, but also about how you
deliver it. It is your job to persuade an audience as to the correctness of your position. In order to do
this, you need a coherently structured, logically laid out set of arguments that you will present in a
clear and self-assured way. Your task is to make the issue involved come alive.
Literature
Students will choose, read and use literature that is related to their debate topic. Some of
the literature will be suggested by the tutor; however, most literature has to be found by the
students themselves.
Tutorial group meetings, a lecture/workshop on debate and debating skills, and a debate on the last
day of the project.
Examination
A position paper (individual grade) and a debate (group grade).
PRO3008 Think Tank
173
PRO2011 Project Deep Reading
Course coordinator

Fall 3 5
Prerequisites
None.
Objectives
Students will undertake an in-depth reflection and commentary on a single seminal text
linked to the humanities, social sciences or natural sciences.
Students will learn about the process of deep reading as well as the genre of writing critical
and substantive book reviews.
In this project students will engage in a deep reading of a seminal text linked to the humanities,
social sciences, or natural sciences. Deep reading is a process of thoughtful and deliberate reading
through which a reader actively works to critically contemplate, understand and ultimately enjoy a
particular text to the fullest extent possible. Rather than selectively skimming for facts or speed-
reading for summaries, the process of deep reading means slowing down, re-reading and even
stopping periodically to more fully contemplate specific pages or passages. Having considered and
recognized what a text says, deep reading goes a step further and strives to reflect upon the broader
implications or consequences of the text; i.e. what does the text do? Although deep reading is a
profoundly personal experience, within the context of problem-based learning the process of deep
reading also rests on the premise that profound understanding and appreciation of a text emerges
through group-based discussion and deliberation.
Literature
A single seminal text (classic or contemporary) will be assigned by individual tutors.
Tutorial group meetings and individual and collaborative work.
Examination
Final paper in the format of an extended book review and a concise commentary on a particular
passage.
174
PRO3006 Conference
Course coordinator

Fall 3 5
Prerequisites
SKI3050 Preparing Conference I and SKI3051 Preparing Conference II.
Recommended
SKI2007 Presentation Skills
Objectives
To train students in rehearsing, adapting and fine-tuning their contributions to a conference.
To train students in offering a conference.
To train students in evaluating a conference and writing recommendations for future
editions.
In this project, students will finalize and offer the conference that has been prepared in the first and
second period of this semester. The purpose of the conference will be to provide a platform for an
audience of approximately 200 first semester students, scholars and professionals. The conference
will allow people to meet and share ideas, present findings and discoveries and connect to fellow
academics.
The project will consist of three parts, being:
1) Final preparations for the conference, including dress rehearsals, peer feedback and dealing
with the organisation of the conference.
2) Offering the conference to the target audience, organisation on the conference day(s) and
gathering information for evaluation of the conference.
Evaluating the conference and writing a report with evaluations and recommendations for
future editions
Literature
E-Readers.
Training, feedback and peer review in small groups and a conference setting.
Examination
Students will be assessed and graded on both the group assignments and the individual assignments
that contribute to the conference.
175
PRO3008 Think Tank
Course coordinators
wilfred.vandellen@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)
oscar.vandenwijngaard@maastrichtuniversity.nl

Fall/Spring 3/6 5
Prerequisites
At least two modules from the following list: SKI2049 Argumentation I; SKI3002 Argumentation II; Skills and
Project Ethnographic and Qualitative Interviewing; PRO2004 Academic Debate; SSC2061 Statistics I (SSC1026
Quantitative Methods); COR1005 Modeling Nature.
In addition, the coordinators would like to emphasize that Think Tank is a time-consuming project with a high
workload, that requires highly motivated students. They should have a broad interest in e.g. policy development
and research and analysis. Due to the specific nature of the project and the fact that group work is an essential
element, students should take into account that they need to be available during entire weekdays throughout
the project.
Participating in Think Tank as part of the regular workload at UCM is doable but demanding. Therefore, having a
higher workload due to e.g. additional or parallel projects is not allowed.
Objectives
To be an academic follow-up to the courses and skills training that students participated in as part of
their educational program at UCM.
To give students insights into the field of policy recommendation.
To cooperate in a team that forms a think tank.
To combine the different fields of expertise within the think tank that are contributed by its members.
To analyze, do research on, and work out solutions for, a problem that is provided to them by an
organization, institute or corporation.
To set up, discuss and finalize a report that contains an extensive and elaborate (policy)
recommendation.
To deliver a presentation based on the report that was written by the think tank.

Students will be assigned to writing and presenting a (policy) recommendation that is partly based on the
knowledge and expertise they have developed as a result of their educational program at UCM.
Students will form a think tank and write and present an extensive and elaborate (policy) recommendation for a
client, i.e. a company or organization. The coordinators of the project will offer a topic in advance.
The first week will focus on a problem analysis and an analysis of the knowledge and expertise of the members
of the think tank. The second week will focus on doing research. The third week will deal with discussing and
formulating solutions. During the final week students will present their report to an audience of experts.
Besides having meetings with their fellow students and a tutor, the group will might meet with guest experts
(either invited by the coordinators or by the students themselves) and undertake field trips in order to obtain the
required information.
Students will be assigned a specific role within the think tank, depending on their academic background and
skills.
Literature
There is no general literature or course books that students need to buy or possess. Students will
choose, read and use literature that is specifically related to their topic.
E-Readers.
Students will meet with their group on a daily basis by means of tutorial group meetings, field trips, master
classes etc.
Examination
Problem analysis (group assignment), individual research memo, final group report and a final presentation of
the report.
176
PRO3009 Ethnography and Qualitative Interviewing III
Course coordinator

Fall 3 5
Prerequisites
SKI2085 Ethnography and Qualitative Interviewing I and SKI3052 Ethnography and Qualitative
Interviewing II.
Objective
To produce a comprehensive narrative of their research findings.
This is the third of a three module course on qualitative research methods. In this module students
will be mainly engaged in writing the final analysis of their research findings. The relevance of their
findings must be contextualized within the larger social and political forces within which the research
is embedded. The course will end with a symposium where students will have the opportunity to
present their research.
Literature
Hesse-Biber, S.N. (2011). The Practice of Qualitative Research. Sage Publication, Thousand
Oaks, California, Second Edition.
Excerpts from several books on qualitative research that are available at the UCM reading
room, for example, Silverman, D. (2005). Doing Qualitative Research Robin, H. (2005).
Qualitative Interviewing: The Art of Hearing Data and Ritchie, J. (2003). Qualitative Research
Practice.
Weekly meetings to support the writing process and a two day undergraduate Symposium where
students present their research to each other.
Examination
Writing up the final analysis of the research findings (5.000 - 6.000 words).
PRO3008 Think Tank
177
CAP3000 Capstone
Course coordinator
ucm-capstone@maastrichtuniversity.nl
Semester Period ECTS Capstone

Fall/Spring 1-3 / 4-6 10
Prerequisite
To participate in Capstone students should be in their last semester at UCM (usually the 6th except
for transfer students) and have at least 140 ECTS at the start of Capstone.
Note that Capstone replaces the regular two skills trainings and project of a UCM semester.
Participating in Capstone as part of the regular workload at UCM is doable, but demanding (i.e. next
to the two courses per period). Therefore, having a higher workload due to e.g. additional courses,
skills trainings and/or projects is not recommended.
Objectives
To enable students to express their individual academic profile through a scholarly project
during their last semester at the College.
To assist senior students in the preparation for the transition from undergraduate education
to a master program or the labor market.
Capstone is the culmination of a students academic work at UCM and is comparable in function to a
bachelor thesis. It is a full semester module for which students receive 10 ECTS. During the first
weeks students will work on writing a proposal in which they formulate their individual goals and
determine a topic and format. In addition, students will choose an advisor. The advisor provides the
student with advice and guidance on the content of Capstone.
Students work on Capstone individually. There will be meetings with the tutors, fellow students, and
the coordinator. These meetings support the individual work on Capstone, by way of presenting ones
own work to other students and giving and receiving feedback. Furthermore the meetings are
intended to monitor the progress and writing process. Students will meet with their individual advisor
separately from the group meetings. Those meetings are intended for discussing the content of the
Capstone and for receiving individual feedback on the work in progress and the final product.
An outline is handed in at the start of the second period of Capstone. A complete draft is handed in
before the third period of Capstone. Both the outline and draft are discussed with the advisor. The
last period is for completing and revising the Capstone.
Literature
There is no mandatory literature. Students will choose, read and use literature that is related
to their Capstone topic.
Individual work, tutorial group meetings, guidance from Capstone advisor and support hours.
Examination
Students will be assessed on a proposal, outline, and final version of their Capstone. In addition, they
will present their Capstone in the second period of the project.
178
UCM Undergraduate
Research (UGR)
179
UGR2001/UGR3001 UCM Undergraduate Research / PEERS
Project coordinators
oscar.vandenwijngaard@maastrichtuniversity.nl
jeroen.moes@maastrichtuniversity.nl (corresponding coordinator)

Fall/Spring 1-3/4-6 10 per semester
NB: Exchange students who are interested in doing the PEERS project can only apply if they stay for a
full year and then only in their second semester.
UCM PEERS is a semester long research program carrying 10 ECTS. The level of the project depends on the
subject matter and the required academic background of the participating students, and can be either 200 or 300
level. Successful PEERS participants may be allowed to continue their research for more than one semester.
PEERS replaces the two Skills and one Project offered during a semester. In most PEERS projects, the first two
course periods will be mainly dedicated to an introduction into the specific field and related methodologies, and
a research plan or proposal will be written. During the second and third periods the students will engage in their
own research, while staying in touch with the other members of their group to discuss progress and challenges.
At the end of each semester UCM will organize a symposium during which all participating students will present
their research to their fellow researchers and the larger UCM community.
Prerequisites
More than anything else, the PEERS undergraduate research program is aimed at students with a great appetite
for learning and research. Students need to have a progress rate of 0.9, and a grade average of 7.5. In
addition, specific courses may be required for particular projects. At least as important as these technical
requirements, we expect students who apply for PEERS to be motivated, and to have a clear idea on how the
project they apply for fits into their individual UCM curriculum. Students will apply by writing a letter of
motivation, and if eligible, will be invited for an interview.
Project objectives
To enhance the learning experience of students by integrating research into their undergraduate
curriculum.
To prepare students for graduate research by introducing them to and educating them in the relevant
skills and knowledge.
To emphasize the ability to identify and formulate academic problems.
To select and applying relevant research methodologies accordingly.
To reinforce the awareness of how academic work relates to society: how it may respond to trends and
issues in society, and how it may initiate new ideas.
Description of the project
PEERS is a form of RBL, Research-Based Learning. In RBL, learning is based on research that students do
themselves, rather than being dependent on research done before and by others.
Small groups of students will conduct research under the guidance of a senior researcher. They will act as a
group, but engage in individual work as well: PEERS offers a unique opportunity to develop ones own research
topic within the context of a pre-defined research program. In this way, student researchers will make an actual
contribution to ongoing research, and will experience first-hand what is involved in doing research.
During the project, specific skills will be addressed at the appropriate time: e.g. problem analysis,
writing a proposal, data selection and analysis reporting and presenting.
Literature
Varies per research topic.
Research-Based Learning, group meetings and individual research.
Examination
Examination may vary and depends on the nature of the research conducted, but will usually include:
Presentation of findings.
Research paper or report.
Students who are interested in PEERS are encouraged to contact the coordinators.
180
UGR3002 UCM Undergraduate Research / The Documentary
Project coordinator

Spring 4-6 10 per semester
NB: Exchange students who are interested in UCM Documentary can only apply if they stay for a full
year and then only in their second semester.
Prerequisites
There are no prerequisites for this project, however, the Ethnography track or topic related courses
such as Film Art and Narrative Media are recommended. Nevertheless, a definite requirement is
enthusiasm and the motivation to work hard and to develop new skills. Students are required to have
a progress rate of at least 0.9 and a GPA of at least 7.5.
Students will have to apply individually by writing a motivation letter, which should include
an intended research topic. If selected, students will be invited for an interview. As this is a group
project, we encourage students who would like to work together to already indicate this in their
letter. However, students who apply will be accepted on an individual basis.
Project objectives
To familiarize students with both theory and practice of the medium documentary.
To allow students to apply their already acquired research skills and to experiment with a
novel method of conducting and presenting research.
To provide students with the practical and technical skills necessary to execute and finalize
their research through film.
Description of the project
UCM Documentary is a semester long group research project carrying 10 ECTS. The level of the
project is equivalent to that of a 3000 level course, as we expect students to acquire entirely new
skills while building upon their already acquainted knowledge and research skills. UCM Documentary
replaces the two skills and project offered during the Spring Semester. During the first period,
students will be acquainted with the theoretical underpinnings of the medium documentary.
Simultaneously, the groups will start to develop their research. In the second period, students will
conduct their research through film, and attend workshops to teach them the skills necessary to do
so. In the final period, students will edit their collected footage, thus finalizing their documentary.
Special emphasis will be put on peer reviewing each others work to help each other enhance the
quality of the final product.
Literature
Marcus Banks' "Using Visual Data in Qualitative Research" or Stephen Spencer's "Visual Methods for
the Social Sciences." Additional literature will be assigned throughout the project, depending on the
nature of students research.
Weekly tutorial sessions as well as lectures and workshops.
Examination
There will be two moments of individual assessment in the shape of a Book Review as well as an
extended Literature Review. There will also be two group assignments, namely, a Documentary
Research Plan and the final Documentary.
181
182

Course Catalogue 2015-2016 Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Catalogue 2015-2016 Final

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Catalogue 2015-2016 Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Catalogue

CHECKLISTS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES VI

CORE COURSES (COR) 5

COR1002 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 6

HUM1003 CULTURAL STUDIES I: DOING CULTURAL STUDIES 12

SCI1004 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY 52

SOCIAL SCIENCES (SSC) 85

SSC1003 THEORIES OF SOCIAL ORDER 86

SKILLS TRAININGS (SKI) 147

SKI1004 RESEARCH METHODS I 148

PRO1010 INTRODUCING ACADEMIC COMMUNICATION: A WRITING PROJECT 170

UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 179

UGR2001/UGR3001 UCM UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH / PEERS 180

Course code abbreviations

These are the three letter abbreviations:

COR Academic Core

1 = 100-level introductory courses (open to all students)

UCM Undergraduate Research / PEERS (UGR) and The Documentary

Prerequisites and recommendations

SCI- M. Checklist for Mathematics

Fall Semester 2015-2016 From Till

Spring Semester 2015-2016 From Till

Overview important dates Academic Year 2015 - 2016

Preliminary dates 2016 - 2017

PERIOD 2: OCTOBER 26, 2015 - DECEMBER 11, 2015

PERIOD 3: JANUARY 04, 2016 - JANUARY 29, 2016

PERIOD 4 : FEBRUARY 01, 2016 - MARCH 24, 2016

PERIOD 5: APRIL 04, 2016 - MAY 27, 2016

PERIOD 6: JUNE 06, 2016 - JULY 01, 2016

SEMESTER 1: AUGUST 31, 2015 - JANUARY 29, 2016

SEMESTER 2: FEBRUARY 01, 2016 - JULY 01, 2016

Semester Period ECTS Core

Semester Period ECTS Core

Semester Period ECTS Core

Semester Period ECTS Core

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Secondary material from Andrew Bennett and Nicholas Royle, An Introduction to

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Description of the course

This course is a prerequisite for the following course(s):

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Themes: Cultural Diversity; Gender and Ethnicity; National Identity; Multiculturalism;

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration

Semester Period ECTS Concentration